Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. / FY2004 Annual Report

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.
Annual Report 2004

CPSS · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker CPSS
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 943
← All annual reports
FY2004 Annual Report · Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.
Loading PDF…
 
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
________________ 

FORM 10-K 

[X]ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 

[   ] TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

Commission file number: 1-14116 

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

California 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

33-0459135 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

16355 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

92618 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 753-6800 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class: 

Name of each exchange on which registered: 

Rising Interest Subordinated Redeemable Securities due 2006 

New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: 
Common Stock, No Par Value 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [   ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 
and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).   
Yes [   ]   No [X]  

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  11,492,807  shares  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates,  based 
upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on Nasdaq on June 30, 2004, was approximately $51,717,632. 
For  purposes  of  this  computation,  a  registrant  sponsored  pension  plan  and  all  directors,  executive  officers,  and 
beneficial  owners  of  10  percent  or  more  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  are  deemed  to  be  affiliates.  Such 
determination  is  not  an  admission  that  such  plan,  directors,  executive  officers,  and  beneficial  owners  are,  in  fact, 
affiliates of the registrant. The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding on March 14, 2005, was 
21,586,828. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

The registrant’s proxy statement for its 2005 annual meeting of shareholders is incorporated by reference into Part III of 
this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
PART I 

Item 1. Business 

General 

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (“CPS,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a consumer 
finance  company  specializing  in  purchasing,  selling  and  servicing  retail  automobile  installment  purchase 
contracts (“Contracts”) originated by licensed motor vehicle dealers (“Dealers”) in the sale of new and used 
automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans. Through its purchases, the Company provides indirect financing 
to  Dealer  customers  with  limited  credit  histories,  low  incomes  or  past  credit  problems  (“Sub-Prime 
Customers”).  The  Company  serves  as  an  alternative  source  of  financing  for  Dealers,  allowing  sales  to 
customers who otherwise might not be able to obtain financing. The Company does not lend money directly to 
consumers.  Rather,  it  purchases  installment  Contracts  from  Dealers.  CPS  purchases  Contracts  under  any  of 
several programs (the “CPS Programs”) that it offers to Dealers. 

CPS  was  incorporated  and  began  its  operations  in  1991.  From  inception  through  December  31,  2004,  the 
Company  has  purchased  approximately  $5.4  billion  of  Contracts  from  Dealers.  In  addition,  the  Company 
obtained a total of approximately $605 million of Contracts in its 2002, 2003 and 2004 acquisitions, described 
below. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had a total managed portfolio, net of unearned interest on pre-
computed  Contracts,  of  approximately  $906.9  million,  including  the  remaining  outstanding  balance  of 
Contracts acquired in the two acquisitions and $53.5 million of Contracts serviced for non-affiliated owners of 
the Contracts. 

Acquisitions 

In March 2002, the Company acquired MFN Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries in a merger (the “MFN 
Merger”). In May 2003, the Company acquired TFC Enterprises, Inc. and its subsidiaries in a second merger 
(the “TFC Merger”). MFN Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (“MFN”) and TFC Enterprises, Inc. and 
its  subsidiaries  (“TFC”)  were  engaged  in  businesses  similar  to  that  of  the  Company;  buying  Contracts  from 
Dealers,  repackaging  those  Contracts  in  securitization  transactions,  and  servicing  those  Contracts.  The 
Company  acquired  approximately  $380  million  of  Contracts  in  the  MFN  Merger,  and  approximately  $150 
million  in  the  TFC  Merger.  MFN  ceased  acquiring  Contracts  in  March  2002;  TFC  continues  to  acquire 
Contracts under its “TFC Programs,” on terms and conditions similar to those it used prior to the TFC Merger. 
Contracts  purchased  by  TFC  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  accounted  for  less  than  10%  of  the 
Company’s total purchases during the year.  

The Company on April 2, 2004 acquired (in the “SeaWest Asset Acquisition”) automotive finance receivables 
and  other  assets  from  SeaWest  Financial  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “SeaWest”).  The 
aggregate  purchase  price  was  approximately  $63.2  million,  which  was  funded  with  the  proceeds  of  an 
acquisition financing facility and existing cash. The other assets included a $2.8 million note to an affiliate of 
SeaWest and certain furniture and equipment. In addition, the Company was appointed the successor servicer 
of three separate term securitization transactions originally sponsored by SeaWest (the “SeaWest Third Party 
Portfolio”). 

Securitizations 

Generally 

Throughout  the  periods  for  which  information  is  presented  in  this  report,  the  Company  has  purchased 
Contracts  with  the  intention  of  repackaging  them  in  securitizations.  All  such  securitizations  have  involved 

 
 
 
 
identification  of  specific  Contracts,  sale  of  those  Contracts  (and  associated  rights)  to  a  special  purpose 
subsidiary of the Company, and issuance of asset-backed securities to fund the transactions. Depending on the 
structure of the securitization, the transaction may be properly accounted for as a sale of the Contracts, or as a 
secured financing. 

When  structured  to  be  treated  as  a  secured  financing,  the  subsidiary  is  consolidated  with  the  Company. 
Accordingly, the Contracts and the related securitization trust debt appear as assets and liabilities, respectively, 
of  the  Company  on  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The  Company  then  recognizes  interest  income  on  the 
receivables  and  interest  expense  on  the  securities  issued  in  the  securitization  and  records  as  expense  a 
provision for probable credit losses on the receivables. 

When structured to be treated as a sale, the subsidiary is not consolidated with the Company. Accordingly, the 
securitization removes the sold Contracts from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, the asset-backed 
securities (debt of the non-consolidated subsidiary) do not appear as debt of the Company, and the Company 
shows  as  an  asset  a  retained  residual  interest  in  the  sold  Contracts.  The  residual  interest  represents  the 
discounted value of what the Company expects will be the excess of future collections on the Contracts over 
principal and interest due on the asset-backed securities and other expenses. That residual interest appears on 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as “Residual interest in securitizations,” and its value is dependent 
on estimates of the future performance of the sold Contracts. 

Change in Policy 

In August 2003 the Company announced that it would structure its future securitization transactions related to 
Contracts  purchased  under  the  CPS  Programs  to  be  reflected  as  secured  financings  for  financial  accounting 
purposes. Its six subsequent term securitizations of such finance receivables have been so structured. Prior to 
August 2003, the Company had structured its term securitization transactions related to the CPS Programs to 
be  reflected  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes.  In  the  MFN  Merger  and  TFC  Merger  the  Company 
acquired finance receivables that had been previously securitized in term securitization transactions that were 
reflected  as  secured  financings.  As  of  December  31,  2004,  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet 
included net finance receivables of approximately $40.8 million and securitization trust debt of $32.8 million 
related  to  finance  receivables  acquired  in  the  two  mergers,  out  of  totals  of  net  finance  receivables  of 
approximately $550.2 million and securitization trust debt of approximately $542.8 million. 

Credit Risk Retained 

Whether  a  securitization  is  treated  as  a  secured  financing  or  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the 
related  special  purpose  subsidiary  may  be  unable  to  release  excess  cash  to  the  Company  if  the  credit 
performance  of  the  securitized  Contracts  falls  short  of  pre-determined  standards.  Such  releases  represent  a 
material portion of the cash that the Company uses to fund its operations. An unexpected deterioration in the 
performance  of  securitized  Contracts  could  therefore  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  both  the  Company's 
liquidity and its results of operations, regardless of whether such Contracts are treated as having been sold or 
as having been financed. For estimation of the magnitude of such risk, it may be appropriate to look to the size 
of the Company’s “managed portfolio,” which represents both financed and sold Contracts as to which such 
credit risk is retained. The Company’s managed portfolio as of December 31, 2004 was approximately $906.9 
million  (this  amount  includes  $53.5  million  related  to  the  SeaWest  Third  Party  Portfolio  on  which  the 
Company  earns  only  servicing  fees  and  has  no  credit  risk).  See  “—  Securitization  of  Contracts,”  “—  The 
Servicing  Agreements,”  “—Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations,” and “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Market We Serve  

The  Company’s  automobile  financing  programs  are  designed  to  serve  customers  who  generally  would  not 
qualify  for  automobile  financing  from  traditional  sources,  such  as  commercial  banks,  credit  unions  and  the 
captive  finance  companies  affiliated  with  major  automobile  manufacturers.  Such  customers  generally  have 
limited  credit  histories,  low  incomes  or  past  credit  problems,  and  are  therefore  often  unable  to  obtain  credit 
from traditional sources of automobile financing. (The terms “prime” and “sub-prime” reflect the Company’s 
categorization of customers and bear no relationship to the prime rate of interest or persons who are able to 
borrow  at  that  rate.)  Because  the  Company  serves  customers  who  are  unable  to  meet  the  credit  standards 
imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  the  Company  generally  receives  interest  at  rates 
higher  than  those  charged  by  traditional  automobile  financing  sources.  The  Company  also  sustains  a  higher 
level of credit losses than traditional automobile financing sources since the Company provides financing in a 
relatively high risk market. 

Marketing  

The Company directs its marketing efforts to Dealers, rather than to consumers. As of December 31, 2004, the 
Company was a party to its standard form dealer agreements (“Dealer Agreements”) with over 5,700 Dealers. 
Approximately 96% of these Dealers are franchised new car dealers that sell both new and used cars and the 
remainders are independent used car dealers. For the year ended December 31, 2004, approximately 85% of 
the Contracts purchased under the CPS Programs consisted of financing for used cars and the remaining 15% 
for new cars, as compared to 85% used and 15% new in the year ended December 31, 2003. 

The  Company  establishes  relationships  with  Dealers  through  Company  representatives  who  contact  a 
prospective Dealer to explain the Company’s Contract purchase programs, and who thereafter provide Dealer 
training  and  support  services.  As  of  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  63  representatives.  The 
representatives  are  contractually  obligated  to  represent  the  Company’s  financing  program  exclusively.  The 
Company’s  representatives  present  the  Dealer  with  a  marketing  package,  which  includes  the  Company’s 
promotional material containing the terms offered by the Company for the purchase of Contracts, a copy of the 
Company’s  standard-form  Dealer  Agreement,  and  required  documentation  relating  to  Contracts.  Marketing 
representatives have no authority relating to the decision to purchase Contracts from Dealers. 

Most  of  the  Dealers  under  contract  with  CPS  regularly  submit  Contracts  to  the  Company  for  purchase, 
although they are under no obligation to submit any Contracts to the Company, nor is the Company obligated 
to purchase any Contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2004, no Dealer accounted for more than 1% 
of the total number of Contracts purchased by the Company under the CPS Programs. Contracts purchased by 
TFC  after  the  TFC  Merger  under  the  TFC  programs  are  purchased  with  a  dealer  marketing  strategy  that  is 
similar to that of CPS as described above except that the marketing efforts are directed at independent used car 
dealers. The following table sets forth the geographical sources of the Contracts purchased by the Company 
under the CPS Programs (based on the addresses of the customers as stated on the Company’s records) during 
the  years  ended  December  31,  2004  and  2003.  Contracts  purchased  by  TFC  after  the  TFC  Merger  are  not 
included  because  such  purchases  accounted  for  less  than  10%  of  the  total  purchases  during  the  year.  All 
Contracts are acquired from Dealers located within the United States. 

3

 
 
 
 
Texas…………………………………….….
California…………………………….…….
Louisiana………………………………..….
Florida…………………………………..….
Pennsylvania…………………………….. .
Ohio………………………………….…….
North Carolina…………………………... .
Maryland………………………………..….
Illinois…………………………………… .
Georgia……………………………...…… .
Michigan……………………………….….
Kentucky……………………..…………….
New York…………………………….…….
Virginia………………………………….. .
Other States……………………...………….
Total………………………………...…… .

Contracts Purchased During the Year Ended (1)
December 31, 2004
December 31, 2003

Number
3,422
2,431
1,949
1,731
1,676
1,437
1,390
1,373
1,312
1,263
1,121
1,118
1,102
1,043
6,008
28,376

Percent (2)
12.1%
8.6%
6.9%
6.1%
5.9%
5.1%
4.9%
4.8%
4.6%
4.5%
4.0%
3.9%
3.9%
3.7%
21.2%
100.0%

Number
2,333
1,461
1,637
1,343
1,567
1,398
1,281
1,070
1,466
1,046
1,258
948
932
498
5,662
23,900

Percent (2)
9.8%
6.1%
6.8%
5.6%
6.6%
5.8%
5.4%
4.5%
6.1%
4.4%
5.3%
4.0%
3.9%
2.1%
23.7%
100.0%

________________  
(1) Excludes purchases under the TFC Programs. 
(2) Amounts may not total 100% due to rounding. 

Origination of Contracts  

Dealer Origination  

When a retail automobile buyer elects to obtain financing from a Dealer, the Dealer takes a credit application 
to  submit  to  its  financing  sources.  Typically,  a  Dealer  will  submit  the  buyer’s  application  to  more  than  one 
financing source for review. The Company believes the Dealer’s decision to choose the Company, rather than 
other  financing  sources,  is  based  primarily  on  the  monthly  payment  that  will  be  offered  to  the  automobile 
buyer, the purchase price offered for the Contract, the timeliness, consistency and predictability of response, 
and any conditions to purchase. 

Upon  receipt of  information  from  a  Dealer,  the  Company’s  administrative  personnel  order  a  credit  report  to 
document  the  buyer’s  credit  history.  If,  upon  review  by  a  Company  credit  analyst,  it  is  determined  that  the 
Contract  meets  the  Company’s  underwriting  criteria,  or  would  meet  such  criteria  with  modification,  the 
Company  requests  and  reviews  further  information  and  supporting  documentation  and,  ultimately,  decides 
whether  to  purchase  the  Contract.  When  presented  with  an  application,  the  Company  attempts  to  notify  the 
Dealer  within  two  hours  as  to  whether  it  would  purchase  the  related  Contract.  The  Company’s  TFC 
subsidiaries finance vehicle purchases exclusively by members of the United States armed forces. 

The  actual  agreement  for  purchase  of  the  vehicle  (“Contract”)  is  prepared  by  the  Dealer.  The  Dealer  also 
arranges for recording the Company’s lien on the vehicle. After the appropriate documents are signed by the 
Dealer and the customer, the Dealer sells the Contract to the Company. During 2001 and the first quarter of 
2002  the  Company  immediately  sold  most  of  the  Contracts  that  it  purchased,  and  held  the  remainder  for  its 
own account. See “—Flow Purchase Program.” 

The Company purchases Contracts under the CPS Programs from Dealers at a price generally equal to the total 
amount financed under the Contracts, adjusted for an acquisition fee, which may either increase or decrease the 
Contract purchase price paid by the Company. The amount of the acquisition fee, and whether it results in an 
increase or decrease to the Contract purchase price, is based on the perceived credit risk and, in some cases, the 
interest rate on the Contract. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the average acquisition 

4

 
 
 
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
            
         
            
         
            
         
         
       
       
 
 
fee charged per Contract purchased under the CPS Programs was $226, $372 and $313, respectively, or 1.6%, 
2.7% and 2.2%, respectively, of the amount financed.  

The  Company  attempts  to  control  misrepresentation  regarding  the  customer’s  credit  worthiness  by  carefully 
screening the Contracts it purchases, by establishing and maintaining professional business relationships with 
Dealers,  and  by  including  certain  representations  and  warranties  by  the  Dealer  in  the  Dealer  Agreement. 
Pursuant  to  the  Dealer  Agreement,  the  Company  may  require  the  Dealer  to  repurchase  any  Contract  in  the 
event that the Dealer breaches its representations or warranties. There can be no assurance, however, that any 
Dealer will have the willingness or the financial resources to satisfy its repurchase obligations to the Company. 

Objective Contract Purchase Criteria 

To be eligible for purchase by the Company, a Contract must have been originated by a Dealer that has entered 
into a Dealer Agreement to sell Contracts to the Company. The Contract must be secured by a first priority lien 
on a new or used automobile, light truck or passenger van and must meet the Company’s underwriting criteria. 
In addition, each Contract requires the customer to maintain physical damage insurance covering the financed 
vehicle  and  naming  the  Company  as  a  loss  payee.  The  Company  or  any  purchaser  of  the  Contract  from  the 
Company may, nonetheless, suffer a loss upon theft or physical damage of any financed vehicle if the customer 
fails to maintain insurance as required by the Contract and is unable to pay for repairs to or replacement of the 
vehicle or is otherwise unable to fulfill his or her obligations under the Contract. 

The  Company  believes  that  its  objective  underwriting  criteria  enable  it  to  evaluate  effectively  the 
creditworthiness of Sub-Prime Customers and the adequacy of the financed vehicle as security for a Contract. 
These  criteria  include  standards  for  price,  term,  amount  of  down  payment,  installment  payment  and  interest 
rate; mileage, age and type of vehicle; principal amount of the Contract in relation to the value of the vehicle; 
customer income level, employment and residence stability, credit history and debt service ability; and other 
factors. Specifically, the Company’s guidelines for the CPS Programs generally limit the maximum principal 
amount of a purchased Contract to 115% of wholesale book value in the case of used vehicles or to 115% of 
the manufacturer’s invoice in the case of new vehicles, plus, in each case, sales tax, licensing and, when the 
customer purchases such additional items, a service contract or a credit life or disability policy. The Company 
does not finance vehicles that are more than eight model years old or have in excess of 85,000 miles. Under 
most CPS Programs, the maximum term of a purchased Contract is 72 months; a shorter maximum term may 
be applied based on the mileage of the vehicle, and Contracts with the maximum term of 72 months may be 
purchased if the customer is among the more creditworthy of CPS’s obligors and the vehicle is generally not 
more than two model years old and has less than 30,000 miles. Contract purchase criteria are subject to change 
from  time  to  time  as  circumstances  may  warrant.  Upon  receiving  this  information  with  the  customer’s 
application,  the  Company’s  underwriters  verify  the  customer’s  employment,  residency,  insurance  and  credit 
information provided by the customer by contacting various parties noted on the customer’s application, credit 
information bureaus  and  other  sources.  In  addition, prior  to purchasing a Contract  under the  CPS  Programs, 
CPS contacts each customer by telephone to confirm that the Customer understands and agrees to the terms of 
the related Contract. 

Credit  Scoring.  Under  the  CPS  Programs,  the  Company  uses  a  proprietary  scoring  model  to  assign  to  each 
Contract  a  “credit  score”  at  the  time  the  application  is  received  from  the  Dealer  and  the  customer’s  credit 
information is retrieved from the credit reporting agencies. The credit score is based on a variety of parameters, 
such as the customer’s employment and residence stability, the amount of the down payment, and the age and 
mileage of the vehicle. The Company has developed the credit score as a means of improving its allocation of 
credit evaluation resources, and managing the risk inherent in the sub-prime market. 

Characteristics of Contracts. All of the Contracts purchased by the Company are fully amortizing and provide 
for level payments over the term of the Contract. The average original principal amount financed, under the 
CPS Programs and in the year ended December 31, 2004, was approximately $14,410, with an average original 
term  of  approximately  61  months  and  an  average  down  payment  amount  of  13.8%.  Based  on  information 

5

 
 
 
 
contained  in  customer  applications,  for  this  12-month  period,  the  retail  purchase  price  of  the  related 
automobiles  averaged  $14,812  (which  excludes  tax,  license  fees,  and  any  additional  costs  such  as  a 
maintenance contract), the average age of the vehicle at the time the Contract was purchased was three years, 
and  CPS  customers  averaged  approximately  38  years of  age,  with  approximately  $38,463  in  average  annual 
household income and an average of 5.0 years history with his or her current employer.  

All Contracts may be prepaid at any time without penalty. In the event a customer elects to prepay a Contract 
in full, the payoff amount is calculated by deducting the unearned interest from the Contract balance, in the 
case of a pre-computed Contract, or by adding accrued interest to the Contract balance, in the case of a simple 
interest Contract, plus, in either case, adding any accrued fees such as late fees. 

Each  Contract  purchased  by  the  Company  prohibits  the  sale  or  transfer  of  the  financed  vehicle  without  the 
Company’s consent and allows for the acceleration of the maturity of a Contract upon a sale or transfer without 
such consent. The Company generally does not consent to a sale or transfer of a financed vehicle unless the 
related Contract is prepaid in full. 

Dealer Compliance. The Dealer Agreement and related assignment contain representations and warranties by 
the Dealer that an application for state registration of each financed vehicle, naming the Company as secured 
party with respect to the vehicle, was effected at the time of sale of the related Contract to the Company, and 
that  all  necessary  steps  have  been  taken  to  obtain  a perfected  first  priority  security  interest  in  each  financed 
vehicle in favor of the Company under the laws of the state in which the financed vehicle is registered. If a 
Dealer  or  the  Company,  because  of  clerical  error  or  otherwise,  has  failed  to  take  such  action  in  a  timely 
manner, or to maintain such interest with respect to a financed vehicle, neither the Company nor any purchaser 
of the related Contract from the Company would have a perfected security interest in the financed vehicle and 
its security interest may be subordinate to the interest of, among others, subsequent purchasers of the financed 
vehicle,  holders  of  perfected  security  interests  and  a  trustee  in  bankruptcy  of  the  customer.  The  security 
interest of the Company or the purchaser of a Contract may also be subordinate to the interests of third parties 
if  the  interest  is  not  perfected  due  to  administrative  error  by  state  recording  officials.  Moreover,  fraud  or 
forgery could render a Contract unenforceable. In such events, the Company could suffer a loss with respect to 
the related Contract. In the event the Company suffers such a loss, it will generally have recourse against the 
Dealer from which it purchased the Contract. This recourse will be unsecured, and there can be no assurance 
that any particular Dealer will satisfy its obligations to the Company. 

Servicing of Contracts  

General.  The  Company’s  servicing  activities  consist  of  mailing  monthly  billing  statements;  collecting, 
accounting  for  and  posting  of  all  payments  received;  responding  to  customer  inquiries;  taking  all  necessary 
action  to  maintain  the  security  interest  granted  in  the  financed  vehicle  or  other  collateral;  investigating 
delinquencies; communicating with the customer to obtain timely payments; repossessing and liquidating the 
collateral when necessary; and generally monitoring each Contract and the related collateral. 

Collection  Procedures.  The  Company  believes  that  its  ability  to  monitor  performance  and  collect  payments 
owed from Sub-Prime Customers is primarily a function of its collection approach and support systems. The 
Company  believes  that  if  payment  problems  are  identified  early  and  the  Company’s  collection  staff  works 
closely with customers to address these problems, it is possible to correct many of them before they deteriorate 
further. To this end, the Company utilizes pro-active collection procedures, which include making early and 
frequent  contact  with  delinquent  customers;  educating  customers  as  to  the  importance  of  maintaining  good 
credit; and employing a consultative and customer service approach to assist the customer in meeting his or her 
obligations,  which  includes  attempting  to  identify  the  underlying  causes  of  delinquency  and  cure  them 
whenever  possible.  In  support  of  its  collection  activities,  the  Company  maintains  a  computerized  collection 
system specifically designed to service automobile installment sale contracts with Sub-Prime Customers and 
similar consumer obligations. 

6

 
 
 
 
With  the aid of  its  high-penetration  automatic  dialer, as  well  as  manual efforts  made  by  collection  staff,  the 
Company typically attempts to make telephonic contact with delinquent customers on the sixth day after their 
monthly  payment  due  date.  Using  coded  instructions  from  a  collection  supervisor,  the  automatic  dialer  will 
attempt  to  contact  customers  based  on  their  physical  location,  state  of  delinquency,  size  of  balance  or  other 
parameters.  If  the  automatic  dialer  obtains  a  “no-answer”  or  a  busy  signal,  it  records  the  attempt  on  the 
customer’s record and moves on to the next call. If a live voice answers the automatic dialer’s call, the call is 
transferred  to  a  waiting  collector  as  the  customer’s pertinent  information  is  simultaneously  displayed  on  the 
collector’s workstation. The collector then inquires of the customer the reason for the delinquency and when 
the  Company  can  expect  to  receive  the  payment.  The  collector  will  attempt  to  get  the  customer  to  make  a 
promise for the delinquent payment for a time generally not to exceed one week from the date of the call. If the 
customer  makes  such  a  promise,  the  account  is  routed  to  a  promise  queue  and  is  not  contacted  until  the 
outcome of the promise is known. If the payment is made by the promise date and the account is no longer 
delinquent, the account is routed out of the collection system. If the payment is not made, or if the payment is 
made, but the account remains delinquent, the account is returned to the queue for subsequent contacts. 

If a customer fails to make or keep promises for payments, or if the customer is uncooperative or attempts to 
evade  contact  or  hide  the  vehicle,  a  supervisor  will  review  the  collection  activity  relating  to  the  account  to 
determine if repossession of the vehicle is warranted. Generally, such a decision will occur between the 45th 
and 90th day past the customer’s payment due date, but could occur sooner or later, depending on the specific 
circumstances. At the time the vehicle is repossessed the Company will stop accruing interest in this Contract, 
and reclassify the remaining Contract balance to other assets. In addition the Company will apply a specific 
reserve to this Contract so that the net balance represents the estimated fair value less costs to sell. 

If the Company elects to repossess the vehicle, it assigns the task to an independent local repossession service. 
Such services are licensed and/or bonded as required by law. When the vehicle is recovered, the repossessor 
delivers it to a wholesale auto auction, where it is kept until sold. The Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) 
and other state laws regulate repossession sales by requiring that the secured party provide the customer with 
reasonable  notice  of  the  date,  time  and  place  of  any  public  sale  of  the  collateral,  the  date  after  which  any 
private sale of the collateral may be held and of the customer’s right to redeem the financed vehicle prior to 
any  such  sale  and  by  providing  that  any  such  sale  be  conducted  in  a  commercially  reasonable  manner. 
Financed  vehicles  that  have  been  repossessed  are  generally  resold  by  the  Company  through  unaffiliated 
automobile auctions, which are attended principally by car dealers. Net liquidation proceeds are applied to the 
customer’s  outstanding  obligation  under  the  Contract.  Such  proceeds  usually  are  insufficient  to  pay  the 
customer’s obligation in full, resulting in a deficiency. 

Under the UCC and other laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain a judgment against a 
customer  for  such  a  deficiency.  However,  some  states  impose  prohibitions  or  limitations  on  deficiency 
judgments.  When  obtained,  deficiency  judgments  are  entered  against  defaulting  individuals  who  may  have 
little capital or income. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment against a 
customer or, if one is obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount. 

Once a Contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent, the Company does not recognize additional interest 
income until the borrower under the Contract makes sufficient payments to be less than 90 days delinquent. 
Any payments received by a borrower that is greater than 90 days delinquent is first applied to accrued interest 
and then to principle reduction. 

Credit Experience  

The  Company’s  financial  results  are  dependent  on  the  performance  of  the  Contracts  in  which  it  retains  an 
ownership interest. The tables below document the delinquency, repossession and net credit loss experience of 
all Contracts that the Company was servicing (excluding Contracts from the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio) as 
of  the  respective  dates  shown.  Credit  experience  for  CPS,  MFN  (since  the  date  of  the  MFN  Merger),  TFC 

7

 
 
 
 
(since the date of the TFC Merger) and SeaWest (since the date of the SeaWest Asset Acquisition) is shown on 
both a combined and individual basis in the tables below. 

Delinquency Experience (1) 
CPS, MFN, TFC and SeaWest Combined 

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

December 31, 2002

Number of
Contracts

Amount

83,018

$

873,880

Number of
Contracts

Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
84,860
773,220
$

Number of
Contracts

Amount

86,940

$

616,519

2,106
1,069
1,176
4,351
1,408

19,010
8,051
7,758
34,819
14,090

2,506
1,340
1,522
5,368
1,242

17,982
8,942
9,452
36,376
11,751

3,658
1,541
825
6,024
1,402

18,388
6,595
3,422
28,405
10,835

5,759

$

48,909

6,610

$

48,127

7,426

$

39,240

5.2

%

4.0

%

6.3

%

4.7

%

6.9

%

4.6

%

6.9

%

5.6

%

7.8

%

6.2

%

8.5

%

6.4

%

9,661

4,383
14,044

$

$

86,138

10,004

23,659
109,797

7,347
17,351

$

$

76,617

16,284

34,224
110,841

10,586
26,870

$

$

90,846

45,355
136,201

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)……… .
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days………………………… .
61-90 days………………………… .
91+ days…………………………… .
Total delinquencies (2)……………….
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .
.
Total delinquencies and
   amount in repossession as a 
.
.
   percentage of gross servicing
   portfolio…………………………….

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)… .
.
Contracts with Two or More
   Extensions (4)…………………….
Total Contracts with Extensions…….

CPS 

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

December 31, 2002

Number of
Contracts

Amount

59,124

$

706,810

Number of
Contracts

Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
47,615
543,776
$

Number of
Contracts

Amount

43,244

$

394,845

1,302
520
288
2,110
891

14,546
5,430
3,139
23,115
9,929

1,175
657
393
2,225
725

11,766
5,719
3,105
20,590
8,434

1,734
643
282
2,659
654

10,738
3,619
1,508
15,865
6,305

3,001

$

33,044

2,950

$

29,024

3,313

$

22,170

3.6

%

3.3

%

4.7

%

3.8

%

6.2

%

4.0

%

5.1

%

4.7

%

6.2

%

5.3

%

7.7

%

5.6

%

6,226

1,324
7,550

$

$

68,156

12,963
81,119

4,500

1,354
5,854

$

$

52,997

9,702
62,699

5,742

2,893
8,635

$

$

32,007

10,386
42,393

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)………..
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days………………………… .
61-90 days………………………… .
91+ days…………………………… .
Total delinquencies (2)……………….
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .
.
Total delinquencies and
   amount in repossession as a 
.
.
   percentage of gross servicing
   portfolio…………………………….

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)… .
.
Contracts with Two or More
   Extensions (4)…………………….
Total Contracts with Extensions…….

8

 
 
 
 
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
         
      
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
      
    
    
    
    
    
      
    
      
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
    
  
    
   
    
   
      
    
      
     
      
     
         
      
         
       
         
       
         
      
         
       
         
       
      
    
      
     
      
     
         
      
         
       
         
       
      
    
      
     
      
     
          
          
          
           
          
           
          
          
          
           
          
           
      
    
      
     
      
     
      
    
      
       
      
     
      
    
      
     
      
     
 
MFN 

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

December 31, 2002

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

6,647

$

18,255

(Dollars in thousands)
20,282
77,717
$

43,696

$

221,674

233
175
137
545
111

457
365
254
1,076
475

769
327
227
1,323
369

2,128
843
532
3,503
1,899

1,924
898
543
3,365
748

7,650
2,976
1,914
12,540
4,530

656

$

1,551

1,692

$

5,402

4,113

$

17,070

8.2

%

5.9

%

6.5

%

4.5

%

7.7

%

5.7

%

9.9

%

8.5

%

8.3

%

7.0

%

9.4

%

7.7

%

1,530

2,609
4,139

$

$

4,352

5,197

8,043
12,395

5,707
10,904

$

$

21,560

10,542

23,050
44,610

7,693
18,235

$

$

58,839

34,969
93,808

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)……… .
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days………………………..….
61-90 days…………………………..
91+ days………………………….….
Total delinquencies (2)……………. .
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .
.
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
   percentage of gross servicing
.
   portfolio……………………….… .

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)… .
Contracts with Two or More
.
   Extensions (4)…………………..….
Total Contracts with Extensions…….

TFC 

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

11,278

$

(Dollars in thousands)
16,963

107,635

$

151,727

342
226
409
977
180

2,589
1,375
2,225
6,189
1,977

562
356
902
1,820
148

4,088
2,380
5,815
12,283
1,418

1,157

$

8,166

1,968

$

13,701

8.7

%

5.8

%

10.7

%

8.1

%

10.3

%

7.6

%

11.6

%

9.0

%

446

114

560

$

$

3,599

446

4,045

307

286

593

$

$

2,061

1,472

3,533

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)…………….
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days……………………………….
61-90 days……………………………. .
91+ days……………………………… .
Total delinquencies (2)………………….
Amount in repossession (3)…………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)…………….

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio…………….

.
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
   percentage of gross servicing
.
   portfolio…………………………….. .

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)……….
Contracts with Two or More
.
   Extensions (4)……………………..….

Total Contracts with Extensions……… .

9

 
 
 
      
    
    
    
    
  
         
         
         
      
      
      
         
         
         
         
         
      
         
         
         
         
         
      
         
      
      
      
      
    
         
         
         
      
         
      
         
      
      
      
      
    
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
      
      
      
    
    
    
      
      
      
    
      
    
      
    
    
    
    
    
 
     
   
     
   
          
       
          
       
          
       
          
       
          
       
          
       
          
       
       
     
          
       
          
       
       
     
     
   
           
           
         
           
         
           
         
           
          
       
          
       
          
          
          
       
          
     
        
     
 
 
SeaWest Acquired 

December 31, 2004

Number of
Contracts

Amount

(Dollars in thousands)
5,969
$

41,181

229
148
342
719
226

1,418
881
2,140
4,439
1,714

945

$

6,153

12.1

%

10.8

%

15.8

%

14.9

%

1,459

336

1,795

$

$

10,031

2,208

12,239

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)…………….
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days……………………………….
61-90 days……………………………….
91+ days……………………………… .
Total delinquencies (2)………………….
Amount in repossession (3)…………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)…………….

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio…………….

.
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
   percentage of gross servicing
.
   portfolio……………………………….

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)……….
Contracts with Two or More
.
   Extensions (4)………………………….

Total Contracts with Extensions……… .

________________________ 
(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the amount remaining to be repaid on each Contract, including, for pre-computed 
Contracts, any unearned interest. The information in the table represents the gross principal amount of all Contracts purchased 
by  the  Company  on  an  other  than  flow  basis,  including  Contracts  subsequently  sold  by  the  Company  in  securitization 
transactions that it continues to service. The table does not include Contracts from the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio. 
(2) The Company considers a Contract delinquent when an obligor fails to make at least 90% of a contractually due payment by 
the following due date, which date may have been extended within limits specified in the Servicing Agreements. The period of 
delinquency is based on the number of days payments are contractually past due. Contracts less than 31 days delinquent are not 
included. 
(3) Amount in repossession represents financed vehicles that have been repossessed but not yet liquidated. 
(4) The aging categories shown in the tables reflect the impact of extensions. 

Extensions 

The Company may offer a customer an extension, under which the customer and the Company agree to move 
past due payments to the end of the Contract term. In such cases the customer must sign an agreement for the 
extension, and may pay a fee representing partial payment of accrued interest. The Company’s policies, and its 
contractual arrangements for its warehouse and securitization transactions, limit the number of extensions that 
may be granted. In general, a customer may arrange for an extension no more than once every 12 months, not 
to exceed three extensions over the life of the Contract. 

If  a  customer  is  granted  such  an  extension,  the  date  next  due  is  advanced  and  the  Contract  is  classified  as 
current for delinquency aging purposes. Subsequent delinquency aging classifications would be based on the 
future payment performance of the Contract. 

10

 
 
 
       
     
          
       
          
          
          
       
          
       
          
       
          
     
         
         
         
         
       
     
          
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-Off Experience (1)  

CPS, MFN, TFC and SeaWest Combined 

Average servicing portfolio outstanding…………………$
$
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
servicing portfolio (2)…….………………………..……$

Average servicing portfolio outstanding…………………$
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2)…….………………………..……$

Average servicing portfolio outstanding…………………$
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2)….…………………………………$

Average servicing portfolio outstanding…………………$
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2) (3)….………………………………$

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(Dollars in thousands)
$
674,523

$

2004

796,436

2002

524,286

7.8

%

6.8

%

8.6

%

CPS  

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(Dollars in thousands)
$
483,647

$

2004

623,639

2002

291,863

5.7

%

4.7

%

5.0

%

MFN  

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(Dollars in thousands)
$
123,140

$

2004

38,569

2002

278,908

(0.5)

%

12.6

%

11.0

%

TFC 

Year Ended December 31,
2004
2003
(Dollars in thousands)

102,467

$

133,428

11.9

%

11.3

%

SeaWest Acquired (4) 

March 1, through December 31,
2004
(Dollars in thousands)
54,040

Average servicing portfolio outstanding…………………$
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2)…..……………………………… $
_________________________ 
(1)  All  amounts  and  percentages  are  based  on  the  principal  amount  scheduled  to  be  paid  on  each  Contract,  net  of  unearned 
income on pre-computed Contracts. The information in the table represents all Contracts serviced by the Company (excluding 
Contracts from the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio). 
(2) Net charge-offs include the remaining principal balance, after the application of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the 
vehicle (excluding accrued and unpaid interest) and amounts collected subsequent to the date of charge-off. 
(3)  TFC  Contracts  are  expected  to  charge  off  at  rates  greater  than  CPS.  To  partially  compensate  for  this  higher  risk,  TFC 
Contracts are purchased with a higher acquisition fee than CPS Contracts. 
(4) Charge-off amounts are before consideration of the acquisition purchase discount. 

37.4%

11

 
 
 
 
     
     
     
             
             
             
 
     
     
     
             
             
             
 
        
      
      
             
            
            
 
      
      
            
            
 
 
 
 
 
Flow Purchase Program  

From  May  1999  through  the  second  quarter  of  2002,  the  Company  purchased  Contracts  primarily  for 
immediate and outright resale to either of two non-affiliated third parties. The Company sold such Contracts 
for  a  mark-up  above  what  the  Company  paid  the  Dealer.  That  markup  represented  the  purchasers’ 
compensating  the  Company  for  services  in  selecting  Contracts  for  purchase  and  verifying  customer  credit 
information. In such sales, the Company made certain representations and warranties to the purchasers, normal 
in the industry, which related primarily to the legality of the sale of the underlying motor vehicle and to the 
validity  of  the  security  interest  that  conveyed  to  the  purchaser.  These  representations  and  warranties  were 
generally similar to the representations and warranties given by the originating Dealer to the Company. In the 
event  of  a  breach  of  such  representations  or  warranties,  the  Company  might  incur  liabilities  in  favor  of  the 
purchaser(s)  of  the  Contracts  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  would  be  able  to  recover,  in 
turn, against the originating Dealer(s). 

One  of  the  two  flow  purchasers  ceased  to  purchase  Contracts  in  December  2001,  and  the  other  ceased  to 
purchase  in  May  2002.  The  flow  purchase  program  accordingly  ended  at  that  time.  The  Company  does  not 
expect to recommence a flow purchase program. 

Securitization of Contracts  

The  Company  purchases  Contracts  for  resale  in  or  to  be  financed  through  securitization  transactions.  See 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and 
Capital  Resources”  and  Note  1  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  During  2004,  the  Company 
funded such purchases primarily with proceeds from four short-term revolving warehouse lines of credit. As of 
December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  $225  million  in  warehouse  credit  capacity,  in  the  form  of  a  $125 
million facility and a $100 million facility. The first facility provides funding for Contracts purchased under 
the  TFC  Programs  while  both  warehouse  facilities  provide  funding  for  Contracts  purchased  under  the  CPS 
Programs. A third facility in the amount of $75 million, which the Company utilized to fund Contracts under 
the CPS Programs, expired on February 21, 2004. A fourth facility in the amount of $25 million, which the 
Company utilized to fund Contracts under the TFC Programs, expired on June 24, 2004. These facilities are 
independent  of  each  other.  With  the  two  currently  existing  facilities,  two  different  financial  institutions 
purchase the notes issued by these facilities, and two different insurers insure the notes (each a “Note Insurer”). 
The Note Insurer on the $125 million facility is the controlling party whereas the lender on the $100 million 
facility  is  the  controlling  party.  Up  to  73.5%  of  the  principal  balance  of  Contracts  may  be  advanced  to  the 
Company  under  these  facilities,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other  conditions  and  covenants.  Long-
term  funding  for  the  purchase  of  Contracts  is  achieved  by  the  Company  through  term  securitization 
transactions,  in  which  the  liabilities  (the  asset-backed  securities)  are  repaid  as  the  underlying  Contracts 
amortize. Proceeds from term securitization transactions are used primarily to repay the warehouse facilities. 
The Company completed five term securitization transactions in 2004 and four term securitization transactions 
in 2003. 

In  a  securitization,  the  Company  is  required  to  make  certain  representations  and  warranties,  which  are 
generally  similar  to  the  representations  and  warranties  made  by  Dealers  in  connection  with  the  Company’s 
purchase of the Contracts. If the Company breaches any of its representations or warranties to a purchaser of 
the Contracts, the Company will be obligated to repurchase the Contract from such purchaser at a price equal 
to the principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may then be entitled under the terms 
of  its  Dealer  Agreement  to  require  the  selling  Dealer  to  repurchase  the  Contract  at  a  price  equal  to  the 
Company’s purchase price, less any principal payments made by the customer. Subject to any recourse against 
Dealers, the Company will bear the risk of loss on repossession and resale of vehicles under Contracts that it 
repurchases. 

Upon the sale or financing of a portfolio of Contracts in a securitization transaction, generally utilizing a trust 
that  is  specifically  created  for  such  purpose  (“Trust”),  the  Company  retains  the  obligation  to  service  the 

12

 
 
 
 
Contracts, and receives a monthly fee for doing so. Among other services performed, the Company mails to 
obligors  monthly  billing  statements  directing them  to  mail  payments  on  the  Contracts  to a  lockbox  account. 
The Company engages an independent lockbox processing agent to retrieve and process payments received in 
the lockbox account. This results in a daily deposit to the Trust’s bank account of the entire amount of each 
day’s lockbox receipts and the simultaneous electronic data transfer to the Company of customer payment data 
records. Pursuant to the Servicing Agreements, as defined below, the Company is required to deliver monthly 
reports to the Trust reflecting all transaction activity with respect to the Contracts. The reports contain, among 
other  information,  a  reconciliation  of  the  change  in  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  Contracts  in  the 
portfolio to the amounts deposited into the Trust’s bank account as reflected in the daily reports of the lockbox 
processing agent. 

In  its  securitization  transactions,  the  Company  generally  warrants  that,  to  the  best  of  the  Company’s 
knowledge, no such liens or claims are pending or threatened with respect to a financed vehicle, that may be or 
become  prior  to  or  equal  with  the  lien  of  the  related  Contracts.  In  the  event  that  any  of  the  Company’s 
representations  or  warranties  proves  to  be  incorrect,  the  Trust  would  be  entitled  to  require  the  Company  to 
repurchase the Contract relating to such financed vehicle. 

The Servicing Agreements  

The Company currently services all Contracts that it owns, as well as those Contracts included in portfolios 
that  it  has  sold  to  securitization  Trusts.  The  Company  does  not  service  Contracts  that  were  sold  in  its  flow 
purchase  program.  Pursuant  to  the  Company’s  usual  form  of  servicing  agreement  (the  Company’s  servicing 
agreements  with  purchasers  of  portfolios  of  Contracts  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Servicing 
Agreements”), CPS is obligated to service all Contracts sold to the Trusts in accordance with the Company’s 
standard  procedures.  The  Servicing  Agreements  generally  provide  that  the  Company  will  bear  all  costs  and 
expenses incurred in connection with the management, administration and collection of the Contracts serviced.  

The  Company  is  entitled  under  most  of  the  Servicing  Agreements  to  receive  a  base  monthly  servicing  fee 
between 2.5% and 5.0% per annum computed as a percentage of the declining outstanding principal balance of 
the non-defaulted Contracts in the pool. Each month, after payment of the Company’s base monthly servicing 
fee  and  certain  other  fees,  the  Trust  receives  the  paid  principal  reduction  of  the  Contracts  in  its  pool  and 
interest thereon at the fixed rate that was agreed when the Contracts were sold to the Trust. If, in any month, 
collections on the Contracts are insufficient to pay such amounts and any principal reduction due to charge-
offs, the shortfall is satisfied from the Spread Account established in connection with the sale of the pool. The 
“Spread  Account”  is  an  account  established  at  the  time  the  Company  sells  a  pool  of  Contracts,  to  provide 
security to the Note Insurers, as defined below. If collections on the Contracts exceed such amounts, the excess 
is utilized, first, to build up or replenish the Spread Account or other credit enhancement to the extent required, 
next,  in  certain  cases  to  cover  deficiencies  in  Spread  Accounts  for  other  pools,  and  the  balance,  if  any, 
constitutes excess cash flows, which are distributed to the Company. 

Pursuant  to  the  Servicing  Agreements,  the  Company  is  generally  required  to  charge  off  the  balance  of  any 
Contract by the earlier of the end of the month in which the Contract becomes five scheduled installments past 
due or, in the case of repossessions, the month that the proceeds from the liquidation of the financed vehicle 
are received by the Company or if the vehicle has been in repossession inventory for more than 90 days. In the 
case of repossession, the amount of the charge-off is the difference between the outstanding principal balance 
of the defaulted Contract and the net repossession sale proceeds. In the event collections on the Contracts are 
not  sufficient  to  pay  to  the  holders  (“Investors”)  of  interests  in  the  Trust  the  entire  principal  balance  of 
Contracts charged off during the month, the trustee draws on the related Spread Account to pay the Investors. 
The  amount  drawn  would  then  have  to  be  restored  to  the  Spread  Account  from  future  collections  on  the 
Contracts  remaining  in  the  pool  before  the  Company  would  again  be  entitled  to  receive  excess  cash.  In 
addition, the Company would not be entitled to receive any further monthly servicing fees with respect to the 
defaulted Contracts. Subject to any recourse against the Company in the event of a breach of the Company’s 
representations and warranties with respect to any Contracts and after any recourse to any insurer guarantees 

13

 
 
 
 
backing the Notes, as defined below, the Investors bear the risk of all charge-offs on the Contracts in excess of 
the  Spread  Account.  The  Investors’  rights  with  respect  to  distributions  from  the  Trusts  are  senior  to  the 
Company’s rights. Accordingly, variation in performance of pools of Contracts affects the Company’s ultimate 
realization of value derived from such Contracts. 

The Servicing Agreements are terminable by the insurers of certain of the Trust’s obligations (“Note Insurers”) 
in the event of certain defaults by the Company and under certain other circumstances. Were a Note Insurer in 
the  future  to  exercise  its  option  to  terminate  the  Servicing  Agreements,  such  a  termination  would  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  liquidity  and  results  of  operations.  The  Company  continues  to 
receive Servicer extensions on a monthly and/or quarterly basis, pursuant to the Servicing Agreements. 

Competition  

The automobile financing business is highly competitive. The Company competes with a number of national, 
regional and local finance companies with operations similar to those of the Company. In addition, competitors 
or  potential  competitors  include  other  types  of  financial  services  companies,  such  as  commercial  banks, 
savings  and  loan  associations,  leasing  companies,  credit  unions  providing  retail  loan  financing  and  lease 
financing  for  new  and  used  vehicles,  and  captive  finance  companies  affiliated  with  major  automobile 
manufacturers  such  as  General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation,  Ford  Motor  Credit  Corporation,  Chrysler 
Finance  Corporation  and  Nissan  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation.  Many  of  the  Company’s  competitors  and 
potential  competitors  possess  substantially  greater  financial,  marketing,  technical,  personnel  and  other 
resources  than  the  Company.  Moreover,  the  Company’s  future  profitability  will  be  directly  related  to  the 
availability  and  cost  of  its  capital  in  relation  to  the  availability  and  cost  of  capital  to  its  competitors.  The 
Company’s  competitors  and  potential  competitors  include  far  larger,  more  established  companies  that  have 
access to capital markets for unsecured commercial paper and investment grade-rated debt instruments and to 
other  funding  sources  that  may  be  unavailable  to  the  Company.  Many  of  these  companies  also  have  long-
standing relationships with Dealers and may provide other financing to Dealers, including floor plan financing 
for the Dealers’ purchase of automobiles from manufacturers, which is not offered by the Company. 

The Company believes that the principal competitive factors affecting a Dealer’s decision to offer Contracts 
for sale to a particular financing source are the purchase price offered for the Contracts, the reasonableness of 
the financing source’s underwriting guidelines and documentation requests, the predictability and timeliness of 
purchases  and  the  financial  stability  of  the  funding  source.  The  Company  believes  that  it  can  obtain  from 
Dealers sufficient Contracts for purchase at attractive prices by consistently applying reasonable underwriting 
criteria and making timely purchases of qualifying Contracts. 

Government Regulation  

Several  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws,  including  the  federal  Truth-In-Lending  Act,  the  federal 
Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the  federal  Fair  Debt  Collection  Practices  Act  and  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission Act, regulate the extension of credit in consumer credit transactions. These laws mandate certain 
disclosures with respect to finance charges on Contracts and impose certain other restrictions on Dealers. In 
many states, a license is required to engage in the business of purchasing Contracts from Dealers. In addition, 
laws in a number of states impose limitations on the amount of finance charges that may be charged by Dealers 
on credit sales. The so-called Lemon Laws enacted by various states provide certain rights to purchasers with 
respect to motor vehicles that fail to satisfy express warranties. The application of Lemon Laws or violation of 
such other federal and state laws may give rise to a claim or defense of a customer against a Dealer and its 
assignees,  including  the  Company  and  purchasers  of  Contracts  from  the  Company.  The  Dealer  Agreement 
contains  representations  by  the  Dealer  that,  as  of  the  date  of  assignment  of  Contracts,  no  such  claims  or 
defenses  have  been  asserted  or  threatened  with  respect  to  the  Contracts  and  that  all  requirements  of  such 
federal and state laws have been complied with in all material respects. Although a Dealer would be obligated 
to repurchase Contracts that involve a breach of such warranty, there can be no assurance that the Dealer will 

14

 
 
 
 
 
have  the  financial  resources  to  satisfy  its  repurchase obligations  to  the  Company.  Certain  of these  laws  also 
regulate the Company’s servicing activities, including its methods of collection. 

Although  the  Company  believes  that  it  is  currently  in  material  compliance  with  applicable  statutes  and 
regulations, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain such compliance. The past or 
future  failure  to  comply  with  such  statutes  and  regulations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the 
Company. Furthermore, the adoption of additional statutes and regulations, changes in the interpretation and 
enforcement of current statutes and regulations or the expansion of the Company’s business into jurisdictions 
that have adopted more stringent regulatory requirements than those in which the Company currently conducts 
business  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the  Company.  In  addition,  due  to  the  consumer-oriented 
nature  of  the  industry  in  which  the  Company  operates  and  the  application  of  certain  laws  and  regulations, 
industry participants are regularly named as defendants in litigation involving alleged violations of federal and 
state  laws  and  regulations  and  consumer  law  torts,  including  fraud.  Many  of  these  actions  involve  alleged 
violations of consumer protection laws. A significant judgment against the Company or within the industry in 
connection with any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, 
results of operations or liquidity. See “Legal Proceedings.” 

Employees  

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had 758 full-time and 14 part-time employees, of whom 7 are senior 
management  personnel,  451  are  collections  personnel,  124  are  Contract  origination  personnel,  78  are 
marketing personnel (63 of whom are marketing representatives), 67 are operations and systems personnel, and 
31  are  administrative  personnel.  The  Company  believes  that  its  relations  with  its  employees  are  good.  The 
Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement. 

Item 2. Property  

The Company’s headquarters are located in Irvine, California, where it leases approximately 115,000 square 
feet of general office space from an unaffiliated lessor. The annual base rent was approximately $1.9 million 
through October 2003, and increased to $2.1 million for the following five years. In addition to base rent, the 
Company pays the property taxes, maintenance and other expenses of the premises. 

In March 1997, the Company established a branch collection facility in Chesapeake, Virginia. The Company 
leases approximately 28,000 square feet of general office space in Chesapeake, Virginia, at a base rent that is 
currently $465,720 per year, increasing to $501,542 over a 10-year term. 

The  remaining  four  regional  servicing  centers  occupy  a  total  of  approximately  49,000  square  feet  of  leased 
space in Orlando, Florida; Atlanta, Georgia; Hinsdale, Illinois and Cleveland, Ohio. The termination dates of 
such leases range from 2007 to 2008. 

See Notes 2 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

Stanwich  Litigation.  CPS  was  a  defendant  in  a  class  action  (the  “Stanwich  Case”)  brought  in  the  California 
Superior  Court,  Los  Angeles  County.  The  original  plaintiffs  in  that  case  were  persons  entitled  to  receive 
regular  payments  (the  “Settlement  Payments”)  under  out-of-court  settlements  reached  with  third  party 
defendants. Stanwich Financial Services Corp. (“Stanwich”), an affiliate of the former Chairman of the Board 
of Directors of CPS, is the entity that was obligated to pay the Settlement Payments. Stanwich has defaulted on 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
its payment obligations to the plaintiffs and in June 2001 filed for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, 
in  the  federal  Bankruptcy  Court  of  Connecticut.  At  year-end,  CPS  was  a  defendant  only  in  a  cross-claim 
brought  by  one  of  the  other  defendants  in  the  case,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  which  asserted  a  claim  of 
contractual indemnity against CPS. 

Subsequent to year-end, CPS settled the cross-claim of Bankers Trust by payment of $3.24 million, on or about 
February 8, 2005. Pursuant to that settlement, the court has dismissed the cross-claim, with prejudice. 

In  November  2001,  one  of  the  defendants  in  the  Stanwich  Case,  Jonathan  Pardee,  asserted  claims  for 
indemnity against the Company in a separate action, which is now pending in federal district court in Rhode 
Island.  The  Company  has  filed  counterclaims  in  the  Rhode  Island  federal  court  against  Mr.  Pardee,  and  has 
filed a separate action against Mr. Pardee's Rhode Island attorneys, in the same court. The litigation between 
Mr.  Pardee  and  CPS  is  stayed, awaiting  resolution  of  an  adversary  action brought against  Mr.  Pardee in  the 
bankruptcy court, which is hearing the bankruptcy of Stanwich. 

The reader should consider that an adverse judgment against CPS in the Rhode Island case for indemnification, 
if in an amount materially in excess of any liability already recorded in respect thereof, could have a material 
adverse effect.  

Other Litigation. On November 15, 2000, Denice and Gary Lang filed a lawsuit against CPS in South Carolina 
Common Pleas Court, Beaufort County, alleging that they, and a purported nationwide class, were harmed by 
an alleged failure to refer, in the notice given after repossession of their vehicle, to the right to purchase the 
vehicle  by  tender  of  the  full  amount  owed  under  the  retail  installment  contract.  They  sought  damages  in  an 
unspecified amount. CPS filed a counterclaim to recover any delinquent amounts owed by the members of the 
putative class in the event that the class were to be certified. In February 2004, CPS reached an agreement to 
settle that case on a class basis for payment of attorneys’ fees and other immaterial consideration. 

On  June  2,  2004,  Delmar  Coleman  filed  a  lawsuit  in  the  circuit  court  of  Tuscaloosa,  Alabama,  making 
allegations similar to those that were asserted in the Lang case, and seeking damages in an unspecified amount, 
on behalf of a purported nationwide class. The Company removed the case to federal bankruptcy court, and 
filed a motion for summary judgment as part of its adversary proceeding against the plaintiff in the bankruptcy 
court.  The  federal  bankruptcy  court  granted  the  plaintiff’s  motion  to  send  the  matter  back  to  Alabama  state 
court. The Company has appealed the ruling. Although the Company believes that it has one or more defenses 
to each of the claims made in this lawsuit, no discovery has yet been conducted and the case is in its earliest 
stages. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to its outcome.  

In June 2004, Plaintiff Jeremy Henry filed a lawsuit against the Company in the California Superior Court, San 
Diego County, alleging improper practices related to the notice given after repossession of a vehicle that he 
purchased. The lawsuit is styled a class action, though no motion for class certification has yet been filed. CPS 
and its subsidiary have a number of defenses that may be asserted with respect to the claims of plaintiff Henry. 

The  Company  has  recorded  a  liability  as  of  December  31,  2004  that  it  believes  represents  a  sufficient 
allowance for legal contingencies. Any adverse judgment against the Company, if in an amount materially in 
excess of the recorded liability, could have a material adverse effect. 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  

Not applicable.  

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4a. Executive Officers of the Registrant  

Information regarding the Company’s executive officers follows:  

Charles E. Bradley, Jr., 45, has been the President and a director of the Company since its formation in March 
1991.  In  January  1992,  Mr.  Bradley  was  appointed  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.  From  March 
1991 until December 1995 he served as Vice President and a director of CPS Holdings, Inc. From April 1989 
to November 1990, he served as Chief Operating Officer of Barnard and Company, a private investment firm. 
From  September  1987  to  March  1989,  Mr.  Bradley,  Jr.  was  an  associate  of  The  Harding  Group,  a  private 
investment banking firm.  

Nicholas P. Brockman, 60, has been Senior Vice President – Collections since January 1996. He was Senior 
Vice  President  of  Contract  Originations  from  April  1991  to  January  1996.  From  1986  to  March  1991,  Mr. 
Brockman served as a Vice President and Branch Manager of Far Western Bank. 

Mark A. Creatura, 45, has been Senior Vice President – General Counsel since October 1996. From October 
1993  through  October  1996,  he  was  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  at  Urethane  Technologies,  Inc.,  a 
polyurethane chemicals formulator. Mr. Creatura was previously engaged in the private practice of law with 
the  Los  Angeles  law  firm  of  Troy  &  Gould  Professional  Corporation,  from  October  1985  through  October 
1993. 

Jeffrey  P.  Fritz,  45,  has  been  Senior  Vice  President  –  Accounting  since  August  2004.  He  served  as  a 
consultant to the Company from May 2004 to August 2004. Previously, he was the Chief Financial Officer of 
SeaWest  Financial  Corp.  from  February  2003  to  May  2004,  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  AFCO  Auto 
Finance  from  April  2002  to  February  2003.  He  practiced  public  accounting  with  Glenn  M.  Gelman  & 
Associates  from  March  2001  to  April  2002  and  was  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Credit  Services  Group,  Inc. 
from May 1999 to November 2000. He previously served as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer from its 
inception through May 1999. 

Curtis K. Powell, 48, has been Senior Vice President – Contract Origination since June 2001. Previously, he 
was the Company’s Senior Vice President – Marketing, from April 1995. He joined the Company in January 
1993 as an independent marketing representative until being appointed Regional Vice President of Marketing 
for  Southern  California  in  November  1994.  From  June  1985  through  January  1993,  Mr.  Powell  was  in  the 
retail automobile sales and leasing business. 

Robert E. Riedl, 41, has been Senior Vice President – Chief Financial Officer since August 2003. Mr. Riedl 
joined the Company as Senior Vice President – Risk Management in January 2003. Mr. Riedl was a Principal 
at Northwest Capital Appreciation (“NCA”), a  middle  market private equity firm, from 2000 to 2002. For a 
year prior to joining Northwest Capital, Mr. Riedl served as Senior Vice President for one of NCA’s portfolio 
companies,  SLP  Capital.  Mr.  Riedl  was  an  investment  banker  for  ContiFinancial  Services  Corporation  from 
1995 until joining SLP Capital in 1999. 

Christopher Terry, 37, has been Senior Vice President – Asset Recovery since January 2003. He joined the 
Company in January 1995 as a loan officer, held a series of successively more responsible positions, and was 
promoted to Vice President - Asset Recovery in June 1999. Mr. Terry was previously a branch manager with 
Norwest Financial from 1990. 

17

 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters  

The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market System, under the symbol “CPSS.” 
The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices reported by Nasdaq for the Common Stock for the 
periods shown. 

January 1 - March 31, 2003…………………………………...………….
April 1 - June 30, 2003……………………………………...………… .
July 1 - September 30, 2003………………………………….………….
October 1 - December 31, 2003…………………………………..…… .
January 1 - March 31, 2004…………………………………….……….
April 1 - June 30, 2004………………………………………….……….
July 1 - September 30, 2004…………………………………...……… .
October 1 - December 31, 2004……………………………….………….

High
2.200
3.455
3.700
4.180
3.960
4.970
5.210
4.870

Low
1.500
1.630
2.480
2.750
2.940
3.120
3.710
3.980

As  of  March  16,  2005,  there  were  86  holders  of  record  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock.  To  date,  the 
Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its Common Stock. The payment of future dividends, if 
any, on the Company’s Common Stock is within the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon 
the  Company’s  income,  its  capital  requirements  and  financial  condition,  and  other  relevant  factors.  The 
instruments governing the Company’s outstanding debt place certain restrictions on the payment of dividends. 
The  Company  does  not  intend  to  declare  any  dividends  on  its  Common  Stock  in  the  foreseeable  future,  but 
instead intends to retain any cash flow for use in the Company’s operations. 

The  table  below  presents  information  regarding  outstanding  options  to  purchase  the  Company’s  Common 
Stock. 

Plan category 

Equity compensation 
plans approved by 
security holders 
Equity compensation 
plans not approved by 
security holders 
Total 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

(a) 

4,052,049 

None 

4,052,049 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
December 31, 2004 
(b) 

$2.51 

N/A 

$2.51 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 

(c) 

1,391,631 

N/A 

1,391,631 

18

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  purchased  a  total  of  25,999  shares  of  its  common 
stock, as described in the following table: 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
6,738
12,861
6,400
25,999

Average
Price Paid
per Share

$             
$             
$             
$            

3.75
4.39
4.50
4.25

Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs(2)

Value of Shares that
May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

6,738
12,861
6,400
25,999

1,577,863
1,521,411
1,492,604

Period

May 2004
November 2004
December 2004
Total

(1) Each monthly period is the calendar month. 

(2)  The  Company  announced  in  August  2000  its  intention  to  purchase  up  to  $5  million  of  its  outstanding 
securities,  inclusive  of  annual  $1  million  sinking  fund  redemptions  on  its  Rising  Interest  Redeemable 
Subordinated  Securities  due  2006.  In  October  2002,  the  July  2000  program  having  been  exhausted,  the 
Company’s  board  of  directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  up  to  an  additional  $5  million  of  such  securities, 
which  program  was  first  announced  in  the  Company’s  annual  report  for  the  year  2002,  filed  on  March  26, 
2003. All purchases described in the table above were under the plan announced in March 2003, which has no 
fixed expiration date. 

On June 30, 2004, the Company issued 333,333 shares of its common stock to John G. Poole, a director of the 
Company, upon conversion at maturity, and pursuant to its terms, of a $1,000,000 note held by Mr. Poole since 
1998.  The  issuance  of  shares  was  exempt  from  registration  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  pursuant  to 
Section 3(a)(9) thereof, as the shares were issued in exchange for the outstanding note, and no commission was 
paid for soliciting such exchange. 

19

  
 
 
 
             
                               
                           
           
                             
                           
             
                               
                           
           
                           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

Statement of Operations Data:
Net gain on sale of Contracts (2)….………………...…$
Interest income…………………………..……………$
Servicing fees……………………………….…………$
Total revenue……………………………...……………$
Operating expenses…………………………..…………$
Income (loss) before extraordinary item (3)……………$
Extraordinary item (4)…………………………….……$
Net income (loss)……………………………...………$
Basic income (loss) per share before ex. item…………$
Diluted income (loss) per share before ex. item………$
Basic income (loss) per share, ex. item……………… $
Diluted income (loss) per share, ex. item……………. $
Basic income (loss) per share…………………….……$
Diluted income (loss) per share…………………….... $

$

2004

-
105,818
12,480
132,692
148,580
(15,888)
-
(15,888)
(0.75)
(0.75)
-
-
(0.75)
(0.75)

2004

Year Ended December 31,
2002
(In thousands, except per share data)

2003

2001

2000(1)

$

10,421
58,164
17,058
104,986
108,025
395
-
395
0.02
0.02
-
-
0.02
0.02

$

21,518
48,644
14,621
98,388
98,326
2,996
17,412
20,408
0.15
0.14
0.87
0.83
1.03
0.97

$

32,765
17,205
10,666
62,576
62,256
320
-
320
0.02
0.02
-
-
0.02
0.02

16,234
3,480
15,848
35,951
68,354
(22,147)
-
(22,147)
(1.10)
(1.10)
-
-
(1.10)
(1.10)

2003

Year Ended December 31,
2002
(In thousands)

2001

2000

$

$

$

$

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and restricted cash…………………………..……$
Finance receivables, net………………..………………$
Residual interest in securitizations…………….………$
Total assets…………………………………...……… $
Term debt……………………………………...………$
Total liabilities……………………………….…………$
Total shareholders' equity……………………….…… $
________________________  
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company did not sell any Contracts in securitization transactions. 
(2)  The  decrease  in  2003  and  2004  is  primarily  the  result  of  the  change  in  securitization  structure  implemented  in  the  third 
quarter of 2003. 
(3) Results for 2003 and 2002 include a tax benefit of $3.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively. 
(4)  On  March  8,  2002,  CPS  acquired  100%  of  MFN  Financial  Corporation  and  subsidiaries,  resulting  in  the  recognition  of 
$17.4 million of negative goodwill as an extraordinary gain, which is reflected in the Company’s 2002 Consolidated Statement of 
Operations. 

139,479
550,191
50,430
766,599
675,548
696,679
69,920

51,859
84,592
127,170
285,448
175,942
202,874
82,574

13,924
-
106,103
151,204
82,555
89,518
61,686

100,486
266,189
111,702
492,470
384,622
410,310
82,160

24,315
18,830
99,199
175,694
102,614
113,572
62,122

20

  
 
 
 
              
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
      
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
   
         
      
         
   
              
              
    
              
              
   
         
    
         
   
       
        
        
        
       
       
        
        
        
       
          
          
        
          
          
          
          
        
          
          
       
        
        
        
       
       
        
        
        
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
              
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following analysis of the financial condition of the Company should be read in conjunction with “Selected 
Financial  Data”  and  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  Notes  thereto  and  the  other 
financial data included elsewhere in this report. The Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated 
Statement  of  Operations  as  of  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004  and  2003  include  the  results  of 
operations of TFC Enterprises, Inc. for the period subsequent to May 20, 2003, the TFC Merger date, through 
December 31, 2004. The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Operations as 
of  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004,  2003  and  2002  include  the  results  of  operations  of  MFN 
Financial Corporation for the period subsequent to March 8, 2002, the MFN Merger date, through December 
31, 2002. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Overview  

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (“CPS,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a consumer 
finance company which specializes in purchasing, selling and servicing retail automobile installment purchase 
contracts (“Contracts”) originated by licensed motor vehicle dealers (“Dealers”) in the sale of new and used 
automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans. Through its purchases, the Company provides indirect financing 
to  Dealer  customers  for  borrowers  with  limited  credit  histories,  low  incomes  or  past  credit  problems  (“Sub-
Prime Customers”). The Company serves as an alternative source of financing for Dealers, allowing sales to 
customers who otherwise might not be able to obtain financing. The Company does not lend money directly to 
consumers. Rather, it purchases installment Contracts from Dealers based on its financing programs (the “CPS 
Programs”). 

On  March  8,  2002,  the  Company  acquired  MFN  Financial  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a  merger  (the 
“MFN  Merger”).  On  May  20,  2003,  the  Company  acquired  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a 
second merger (the “TFC Merger”). Each merger was accounted for as a purchase. MFN Financial Corporation 
and  its  subsidiaries  (“MFN”)  and  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (“TFC”)  were  engaged  in 
businesses  similar  to  that  of  the  Company:  buying  Contracts  from  Dealers,  repackaging  those  Contracts  in 
securitization transactions, and servicing those Contracts. MFN ceased acquiring Contracts in May 2002; TFC 
continues  to  acquire  Contracts  under  its  “TFC  Programs,”  which  provide  financing  for  vehicle  purchases 
exclusively by members of the United States Armed Forces.  

On April 2, 2004, the Company purchased (in the “SeaWest Asset Acquisition”) a portfolio of Contracts and 
certain  other  assets  from  SeaWest  Financial  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “SeaWest”).  In 
addition,  the  Company  was  named  the  successor  servicer  of  three  term  securitization  transactions  originally 
sponsored by SeaWest (the “SeaWest Third Party Portfolio”). The Company does not intend to offer financing 
programs similar to those previously offered by SeaWest. 

The  Company  historically  has  generated  revenue  primarily  from  the  gains  recognized  on  the  sale  or 
securitization  of  Contracts,  servicing  fees  earned  on  Contracts  sold,  interest  earned  on  Residuals,  as  defined 
below, and interest on finance receivables. During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company 
sold some Contracts on a servicing released basis, as part of a program (the “flow purchase program”) in which 
the  Company  sold  Contracts  to  unaffiliated  third  parties  immediately  after  purchasing  such  Contracts  from 
Dealers.  The  flow  purchase  program  ended  in  May  2002.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2002  and 
2001,  the  Company's  gain  on  sale  of  Contracts  included  $5.7  million  and  $16.6  million,  respectively, 
representing mark-up on Contracts sold in the flow purchase program. 

21

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securitization 

Generally 

Throughout  the  periods  for  which  information  is  presented  in  this  report,  the  Company  has  purchased 
Contracts  with  the  intention  of  repackaging  them  in  securitizations.  All  such  securitizations  have  involved 
identification  of  specific  Contracts,  sale  of  those  Contracts  (and  associated  rights)  to  a  special  purpose 
subsidiary of the Company, and issuance of asset-backed securities to fund the transactions. Depending on the 
structure of the securitization, the transaction may properly be accounted for as a sale of the Contracts, or as a 
secured financing. 

When  structured  to  be  treated  as  a  secured  financing,  the  subsidiary  is  consolidated  with  the  Company. 
Accordingly,  the  sold  Contracts  and  the  related  securitization  trust  debt  appear  as  assets  and  liabilities, 
respectively,  of  the  Company  on  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The  Company  then  periodically  (i) 
recognizes interest and fee income on the receivables (ii) recognizes interest expense on the securities issued in 
the securitization, and (iii) records as expense a provision for credit losses on the receivables. 

When structured to be treated as a sale, the subsidiary is not consolidated with the Company. Accordingly, the 
securitization removes the sold Contracts from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, the asset-backed 
securities (debt of the non-consolidated subsidiary) do not appear as debt of the Company, and the Company 
shows,  as  an  asset,  a  retained  residual  interest  in  the  sold  Contracts.  The  residual  interest  represents  the 
discounted value of what the Company expects will be the excess of future collections on the Contracts over 
principal  and  interest  due  on  the  asset-backed  securities.  That  residual  interest  appears  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  as  “Residual  interest  in  securitizations,”  and  the  determination  of  its  value  is 
dependent on estimates of the future performance of the sold Contracts.  

Change in Policy 

In August 2003, the Company announced that it would structure its future securitization transactions related to 
Contracts  purchased  under  the  CPS  Programs  to  be  reflected  as  secured  financings  for  financial  accounting 
purposes. Its six subsequent term securitizations of such finance receivables have been so structured. Prior to 
August 2003, the Company had structured its term securitization transactions related to the CPS Programs to 
be treated as sales for financial accounting purposes. In the MFN Merger and in the TFC Merger the Company 
acquired finance receivables that had been previously securitized in term securitization transactions that were 
reflected  as  secured  financings.  As  of  December  31,  2004,  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet 
included net finance receivables of approximately $40.8 million and securitization trust debt of $32.8 million 
related  to  finance  receivables  acquired  in  the  two  mergers,  out  of  totals  of  net  finance  receivables  of 
approximately $550.2 million and securitization trust debt of approximately $542.8 million. 

Credit Risk Retained  

Whether  a  securitization  is  treated  as  a  secured  financing  or  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the 
related  special  purpose  subsidiary  may  be  unable  to  release  excess  cash  to  the  Company  if  the  credit 
performance  of  the  securitized  Contracts  falls  short  of  pre-determined  standards.  Such  releases  represent  a 
material portion of the cash that the Company uses to fund its operations. An unexpected deterioration in the 
performance  of  securitized  Contracts  could  therefore  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  both  the  Company’s 
liquidity and its results of operations, regardless of whether such Contracts are treated as having been sold or 
as having been financed. For estimation of the magnitude of such risk, it may be appropriate to look to the size 
of the Company’s “managed portfolio,” which represents both financed and sold Contracts as to which such 
credit risk is retained. The Company’s managed portfolio as of December 31, 2004 was approximately $906.9 
million  (this  amount  includes  $53.5  million  related  to  the  SeaWest  Third  Party  Portfolio  on  which  the 
Company earns only servicing fees and has no credit risk). 

22

  
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies 

The  Company  believes  that  its  accounting  policies  related  to  (a)  Allowance  for  Finance  Credit  Losses,  (b) 
Residual Interest in Securitizations and Gain on Sale of Contracts and (c) Income Taxes could be considered 
critical. Such policies are described below. 

(a) Allowance for Finance Credit Losses  

In order to estimate an appropriate allowance for losses to be incurred on finance receivables, the Company 
uses  a  loss  allowance  methodology  commonly  referred  to  as  “static  pooling,”  which  stratifies  its  finance 
receivable  portfolio  into  separately  identified  pools.  Using  analytical  and  formula  driven  techniques,  the 
Company  estimates  an  allowance  for  finance  credit  losses,  which  management  believes  is  adequate  for 
probable  credit  losses  that  can  be  reasonably  estimated  in  its  portfolio  of  finance  receivable  Contracts. 
Provision for loss is charged to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. Net losses incurred on 
finance  receivables  are  charged  to  the  allowance.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  by 
examining current delinquencies, the characteristics of the portfolio and the value of the underlying collateral. 
As conditions change, the Company’s level of provisioning and/or allowance may change as well.  

(b) Treatment of Securitizations  

Gain on sale may be recognized on the disposition of Contracts either outright or in securitization transactions. 
In those securitization transactions that were treated as sales for financial accounting purposes, the Company, 
or  a  wholly-owned,  consolidated  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  retains  a  residual  interest  in  the Contracts  that 
were  sold  to  a  wholly-owned,  unconsolidated  special  purpose  subsidiary.  The  Company’s  securitization 
transactions  include  “term”  securitizations  (the  purchaser  holds  the  Contracts  for  substantially  their  entire 
term)  and  “continuous”  or  “warehouse”  securitizations  (which  finance  the  acquisition  of  the  Contracts  for 
future sale into term securitizations). 

As  of  December  31,  2004  and  2003  the  line  item  “Residual  interest  in  securitizations”  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheet represents the residual interests in certain term securitizations that were accounted 
for as sales. Warehouse securitizations accounted for as secured financings are accordingly reflected in the line 
items “Finance receivables” and “Warehouse lines of credit” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, 
and  the  term  securitizations  accounted  for  as  secured  financings  are  reflected  in  the  line  items  “Finance 
receivables”  and  “Securitization  trust  debt.”  The  “Residual  interest  in  securitizations”  represents  the 
discounted  sum  of  expected  future  releases  from  securitization  trusts.  Accordingly,  the  valuation  of  the 
residual is heavily dependent on estimates of future performance. 

The key economic assumptions used in measuring all residual interests in securitizations as of December 31, 
2004 and 2003 are included in the table below. The Company has used an effective pre-tax discount rate of 
14%  per  annum  except  for  certain  collections  from  charged  off  receivables  related  to  the  Company’s 
securitizations in 2001 and later, where the Company has used a discount rate of 25% per annum. 

Prepayment speed (Cumulative)…………………………..………. 20.0% - 30.5%
Net credit losses (Cumulative)………………………….…………. 13.0% - 20.5%

2004

2003
18.1% - 22.1%
11.8% - 18.0%  

Key  economic  assumptions  and  the  sensitivity  of  the  current  fair  value  of  residual  cash  flows  to  immediate 
10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows: 

23

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
2004
(Dollars in thousands)

Carrying amount/fair value of residual interest in securitizations….……. $
Weighted average life in years………………………………………..… .

50,430
2.95

Prepayment Speed Assumption (Cumulative)…………………...……….
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………. . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………. .

Expected Net Credit Losses (Cumulative)……….………………….…….
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change…………………..…. $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change…………………..….

Residual Cash Flows Discount Rate (Annual)……………………….…….
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………. . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………. .

20.0% - 30.5%
50,199
49,951

13.0% - 20.5%
48,764
47,268

14.0% - 25.0%
49,320
48,230

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair 
value based on 10% and 20% percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the 
relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the 
effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without 
changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, 
increases in market rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which could magnify or 
counteract the sensitivities. 

The Company’s securitization structure has generally been as follows: 

The  Company  sells Contracts  it  acquires to  a  wholly-owned  Special Purpose  Subsidiary  (“SPS”),  which has 
been  established  for  the  limited  purpose  of  buying  and  reselling  the  Company’s  Contracts.  The  SPS  then 
transfers the same Contracts to another entity, typically a statutory trust (“Trust”). The Trust issues interest-
bearing asset-backed securities (“Notes”), in a principal amount equal to or less than the aggregate principal 
balance of the Contracts. The Company typically sells these Contracts to the Trust at face value and without 
recourse, except that representations and warranties similar to those provided by the Dealer to the Company 
are provided by the Company to the Trust. One or more investors purchase the Notes issued by the Trust; the 
proceeds from the sale of the Notes are then used to purchase the Contracts from the Company. The Company 
may  retain  or  sell  subordinated  Notes  issued  by  the  Trust  or  by  a  related  entity.  The  Company  purchases  a 
financial guaranty insurance policy, guaranteeing timely payment of principal and interest on the senior Notes, 
from an insurance company (a “Note Insurer”). In addition, the Company provides “Credit Enhancement” for 
the  benefit  of  the  Note  Insurer  and  the  investors  in  the  form  of  an  initial  cash  deposit  to  a  bank  account 
(“Spread  Account”)  held by  the  Trust,  in  the  form  of  overcollateralization  of  the  Notes,  where  the  principal 
balance  of  the  Notes  issued  is  less  than  the  principal  balance  of  the  Contracts,  in  the  form  of  subordinated 
Notes,  or  some  combination  of  such  Credit  Enhancements.  The  agreements  governing  the  securitization 
transactions (collectively referred to as the “Securitization Agreements”) require that the initial level of Credit 
Enhancement  be  supplemented  by  a  portion  of  collections  from  the  Contracts  until  the  level  of  Credit 
Enhancement reaches specified levels which are then maintained. The specified levels are generally computed 
as a percentage of the principal amount remaining unpaid under the related Contracts. The specified levels at 
which the Credit Enhancement is to be maintained will vary depending on the performance of the portfolios of 
Contracts  held  by  the  Trusts  and  on  other  conditions,  and  may  also  be  varied  by  agreement  among  the 
Company, the SPS, the Note Insurers and the trustee. Such levels have increased and decreased from time to 
time based on performance of the various portfolios, and have also varied by Securitization Agreement. The 
Securitization Agreements generally grant the Company the option to repurchase the sold Contracts from the 
Trust when the aggregate outstanding balance of the Contracts has amortized to a specified percentage of the 
initial aggregate balance. 

24

  
 
 
 
 
 
The  prior  securitizations  that  were  treated  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes  differ  from  secured 
financings  in  that  the  Trust  to  which  the  SPS  sold  the  Contracts  met  the  definition  of  a  “qualified  special 
purpose entity” under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 (“SFAS 140”). As a result, assets 
and liabilities of the Trust are not consolidated into the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

The  Company’s  warehouse  securitization  structures  were  similar  to  the  above,  except  that  (i)  the  SPS  that 
purchases the Contracts pledges the Contracts to secure promissory notes which it issues, (ii) the promissory 
notes are in an aggregate principal amount of not more than 73.0% to 73.5% of the aggregate principal balance 
of the Contracts (that is, at least 26.5% overcollateralization), and (iii) no increase in the required amount of 
Credit  Enhancement  is  contemplated  unless  certain  portfolio  performance  tests  are  breached.  During  the 
quarter ended September 30, 2003 the warehouse securitizations related to the CPS Programs were amended to 
cause the transactions to be treated as secured financings for financial accounting purposes. The Contracts held 
by  the  warehouse  SPSs  and  the  promissory  notes  that  they  issue  are  therefore  included  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 as assets and liabilities, respectively.  

Upon each sale of Contracts in a securitization structured as a secured financing, whether a term securitization 
or a warehouse securitization, the Company retains on its Consolidated Balance Sheet the Contracts securitized 
as assets and records the Notes issued in the transaction as indebtedness of the Company. 

Under  the  prior  securitizations  structured  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the  Company  removed 
from  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  the  Contracts  sold  and  added  to  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  (i)  the 
cash  received,  if  any, and  (ii)  the  estimated  fair value of  the  ownership  interest  that  the  Company  retains  in 
Contracts sold in the securitization. That retained or residual interest (the “Residual”) consists of (a) the cash 
held in the Spread Account, if any, (b) overcollateralization, if any, (c) subordinated Notes retained, if any, and 
(d) receivables from Trust, which include the net interest receivables (“NIRs”). NIRs represent the estimated 
discounted cash  flows  to  be  received  from  the  Trust  in  the  future, net  of principal  and  interest  payable  with 
respect  to  the  Notes,  and  certain  expenses.  The  excess  of  the  cash  received  and  the  assets  retained  by  the 
Company over the carrying value of the Contracts sold, less transaction costs, equals the net gain on sale of 
Contracts  recorded  by  the  Company.  Until  the  maturity  of  these  transactions,  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Balance Sheet will reflect both securitization transactions structured as sales and others structured as secured 
financings. 

With respect to securitizations structured as sales for financial accounting purposes, the Company allocates its 
basis in the Contracts between the Notes sold and the Residuals retained based on the relative fair values of 
those portions on the date of the sale. The Company recognizes gains or losses attributable to the change in the 
fair value of the Residuals, which are recorded at estimated fair value. The Company is not aware of an active 
market for the purchase or sale of interests such as the Residuals; accordingly, the Company determines the 
estimated fair value of the Residuals by discounting the amount of anticipated cash flows that it estimates will 
be  released  to  the  Company  in  the  future  (the  cash  out  method),  using  a  discount  rate  that  the  Company 
believes is appropriate for the risks involved. The anticipated cash flows include collections from both current 
and  charged  off  receivables.  The  Company  has  used  an  effective  pre-tax  discount  rate  of  14%  per  annum 
except  for  certain  collections  from  charged  off  receivables  related  to  the  Company’s  securitizations  in  2001 
and later where the Company has used a discount rate of 25% per annum 

The  Company  receives  periodic  base  servicing  fees  for  the  servicing  and  collection  of  the  Contracts.  In 
addition, the Company is entitled to the cash flows from the Trusts that represent collections on the Contracts 
in  excess  of  the  amounts  required  to  pay  principal  and  interest  on  the  Notes,  the  base  servicing  fees,  and 
certain other fees (such as trustee and custodial fees). Required principal payments on the notes are generally 
defined as the payments sufficient to keep the principal balance of the Notes equal to the aggregate principal 
balance of the related Contracts (excluding those Contracts that have been charged off), or a pre-determined 
percentage of  such  balance.  Where  that  percentage  is  less  than  100%,  the  related  Securitization  Agreements 
require  accelerated  payment  of  principal  until  the  principal  balance  of  the  Notes  is  reduced  to  the  specified 
percentage. Such accelerated principal payment is said to create overcollateralization of the Notes.  

25

  
 
 
 
If the amount of cash required for payment of fees, interest and principal exceeds the amount collected during 
the collection period, the shortfall is withdrawn from the Spread Account, if any. If the cash collected during 
the  period  exceeds  the  amount  necessary  for  the  above  allocations,  and  there  is  no  shortfall  in  the  related 
Spread  Account  or  other  form  of  Credit  Enhancement,  the  excess  is  released  to  the  Company,  or  in  certain 
cases is transferred to other Spread Accounts related to transactions insured by the same Note Insurer that may 
be  below  their  required  levels.  If  the  total  Credit  Enhancement  amount  is  not  at  the  required  level,  then  the 
excess cash collected is retained in the Trust until the specified level is achieved. Although Spread Account 
balances are held by the Trusts on behalf of the Company’s SPS as the owner of the Residuals (in the case of 
securitization transactions structured as sales for financial accounting purposes) or the Trusts (in the case of 
securitization transactions structured as secured financings for financial accounting purposes), the cash in the 
Spread Accounts is restricted from use by the Company. Cash held in the various Spread Accounts is invested 
in  high  quality,  liquid  investment  securities,  as  specified  in  the  Securitization  Agreements.  The  interest  rate 
payable on the Contracts is significantly greater than the interest rate on the Notes. As a result, the Residuals 
described  above  are  a  significant  asset  of  the  Company.  In  determining  the  value  of  the  Residuals,  the 
Company  must  estimate  the  future  rates  of  prepayments,  delinquencies,  defaults,  default  loss  severity,  and 
recovery rates, as all of these factors affect the amount and timing of the estimated cash flows. The Company 
estimates  prepayments  by  evaluating  historical  prepayment  performance  of  comparable  Contracts.  As  of 
December 31, 2004, the Company used prepayment estimates of approximately 20.0% to 30.5% cumulatively 
over  the  lives  of  the  related  Contracts.  The  Company  estimates  defaults  and  default  loss  severity  using 
available  historical  loss  data  for  comparable  Contracts  and  the  specific  characteristics  of  the  Contracts 
purchased by the Company. The Company estimates recovery rates of previously charged off receivables using 
available historical recovery data. In valuing the Residuals as of December 31, 2004, the Company estimates 
that  charge-offs  as  a  percentage  of  the  original  principal  balance  will  approximate  17.2%  to  26.3% 
cumulatively over the lives of the related Contracts, with recovery rates approximating 3.2% to 5.8% of the 
original principal balance. 

Following  a  securitization  that  is  structured  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  interest  income  is 
recognized  on  the  balance  of  the  Residuals  at  the  same  rate  as  used  for  calculating  the  present  value  of  the 
NIRs, which is 14% per annum. In addition, the Company will recognize as a gain additional revenue from the 
Residuals if the actual performance of the Contracts is better than the Company’s estimate of the value of the 
residual. If the actual performance of the Contracts were worse than the Company’s estimate, then a downward 
adjustment  to  the  carrying  value  of  the  Residuals  and  a  related  impairment  charge  would  be  required.  In  a 
securitization structured as a secured financing for financial accounting purposes, interest income is recognized 
when accrued under the terms of the related Contracts and, therefore, presents less potential for fluctuations in 
performance when compared to the approach used in a transaction structured as a sale for financial accounting 
purposes. 

In all the Company’s term securitizations, whether treated as secured financings or as sales, the Company has 
sold  the  receivables  (through  a  subsidiary)  to  the  securitization  Trust.  The  difference  between  the  two 
structures is that in securitizations that are treated as secured financings the Company reports the assets and 
liabilities of the securitization Trust on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Under both structures the Noteholders 
and the related securitization Trusts have no recourse to the Company for failure of the Contract obligors to 
make payments on a timely basis. The Company’s Residuals, however, are subordinate to the Notes until the 
Noteholders are fully paid, and the Company is therefore at risk to that extent. 

(c) Income Taxes 

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income and combined state franchise tax returns. 
The  Company  utilizes  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting  for  income  taxes,  under  which  deferred 
income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the 
financial statement values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in 

26

  
 
 
 
 
tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company has estimated a 
valuation allowance against that portion of the deferred tax asset whose utilization in future periods is not more 
than likely. 

In determining the possible realization of deferred tax assets, future taxable income from the following sources 
are considered: (a) the reversal of taxable temporary differences; (b) future operations exclusive of reversing 
temporary differences; and (c) tax planning strategies that, if necessary, would be implemented to accelerate 
taxable income into periods in which net operating losses might otherwise expire. 

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Results of Operations 

Acquisitions 

The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Operations as of and for the years 
ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 include the results of operations of MFN Financial Corporation for 
the  period  subsequent  to  March  8,  2002,  the  date  on  which  the  Company  acquired  that  corporation  and  its 
subsidiaries  in  the  MFN  Merger.  See  Note  2  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  Acquisition  of 
MFN Financial Corporation. 

The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Operations as of and for the year 
ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 include the results of operations of TFC Enterprises, Inc. for the period 
subsequent to May 20, 2003, the date on which the Company acquired that corporation and its subsidiaries in 
the TFC Merger. See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Acquisition of TFC Enterprises, 
Inc. 

Effects of Change in Securitization Structure 

The  Company’s  decision  in  the  third  quarter  of  2003  to  structure  securitization  transactions  as  borrowings 
secured by receivables for financial accounting purposes, rather than as sales of receivables, has affected and 
will  affect  the  way  in  which  the  transactions  are  reported.  The  major  effects  are  these:  (i)  the  finance 
receivables are shown as assets of the Company on its balance sheet; (ii) the debt issued in the transactions is 
shown  as  indebtedness  of  the  Company;  (iii)  cash  deposited  to  enhance  the  credit  of  the  securitization 
transactions  (“Spread  Accounts”)  is  shown  as  “Restricted  cash”  on  the  Company’s  balance  sheet;  (iv)  cash 
collected from borrowers and other sources related to the receivables prior to making the required payments 
under the Securitization Agreements is also shown as “Restricted cash” on the Company’s balance sheet; (v) 
the servicing fee that the Company receives in connection with such receivables is recorded as a portion of the 
interest earned on such receivables in the Company’s statements of operations; (vi) the Company has initially 
and  periodically  recorded  as  expense  a  provision  for  estimated  credit  losses  on  the  receivables  in  the 
Company’s statements of operations; and (vii) of scheduled payments on the receivables and on the debt issued 
in the transactions, the portion representing interest is recorded as interest income and expense, respectively, in 
the Company’s statements of operations. 

These  changes  collectively  represent  a  deferral  of  revenue  and  acceleration  of  expenses,  and  thus  a  more 
conservative  approach  to  accounting  for  the  Company’s  operations  compared  to  the  previous  term 
securitization  transactions,  which  were  accounted  for  as  sales  at  the  consummation  of  the  transaction.  The 
changes  have  resulted  in  the  Company’s  reporting  lower  earnings  than  it  would  have  reported  if  it  had 
continued to structure its securitizations to require recognition of gain on sale. As a result, reported earnings 
have been less than they would have been had the Company continued to structure its securitizations to record 
a  gain  on  sale.  It  should  also  be  noted  that  growth  in  the  Company’s  portfolio  of  receivables  in  excess  of 
current  expectations  would  result  in  an  increase  in  expenses  in  the  form  of  provision  for  credit  losses,  and 

27

  
 
 
 
 
 
would initially have a negative effect on net earnings. The Company’s cash availability and cash requirements 
should be unaffected by the change in structure. 

The  Company  has  conducted  six  term  securitizations  of  Contracts  originated  under  the  CPS  Programs 
structured  as  secured  financings.  These  securitizations  were  completed  in  the  following  periods:  September 
2003,  December  2003,  May  2004,  August  2004,  September  2004  and  December  2004.  In  March  2004,  the 
Company  completed  a  securitization  of  its  retained  interest  in  eight  securitization  transactions  previously 
sponsored by the Company and its affiliates, which was also structured as a secured financing. In addition, in 
June  2004,  the  Company  completed  a  term  securitization  of  Contracts  purchased  in  the  SeaWest  Asset 
Acquisition and under the TFC Programs, which was structured as a secured financing. The Company’s MFN 
and TFC subsidiaries completed term securitizations structured as secured financings prior to their becoming 
subsidiaries of the Company. 

The Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003  

Revenues.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004,  revenues  were  $132.7  million,  an  increase  of  $27.7 
million,  or  26.4%,  from  the  prior  year  revenue  of  $105.0  million.  The  primary  reason  for  the  increase  in 
revenues is  an  increase  in interest  income.  Interest income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  increased 
$47.7 million, or 81.9%, to $105.8 million in 2004 from $58.2 million in 2003. The primary reasons for the 
increase in interest income are the change in securitization structure implemented during the third quarter of 
2003  as  described  above  (an  increase  of  $56.0  million)  and  the  interest  income  earned  on  the  portfolios  of 
Contracts  acquired  in  the  TFC  Merger  (an  increase  of  $7.2  million)  and  the  SeaWest  Asset  Acquisition  (an 
increase  of  $6.1  million).  This  increase  was  partially  offset  by  the  decline  in  the  balance  of  the  portfolio  of 
Contracts  acquired  in  the  MFN  Merger  (resulting  in  a  decrease  of  $10.1  million  in  interest  income)  and  a 
decrease in residual interest income (a decrease of $11.6 million). 

The increase in interest income is offset in part by the elimination of net gain on sale of Contracts revenue and 
a  decrease  in  servicing  fees.  As  a  result  of  the  change  in  securitization  structure,  zero  net  gain  on  sale  of 
Contracts was recorded in 2004, compared to $10.4 million net gain on sale in the year earlier period.  

Servicing fees totaling $12.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 decreased $4.6 million, or 26.8%, 
from $17.1 million in the same period a year earlier. The decrease in servicing fees is the result of the change 
in  securitization  structure  and  the  consequent  decline  in  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries. The decrease was partially offset by the servicing fees earned on the SeaWest Third 
Party  Portfolio,  which  totaled  $2.0  million.  As  a  result  of  the  decision  to  structure  future  securitizations  as 
secured financings, the Company’s managed portfolio held by non-consolidated subsidiaries will continue to 
decline in future periods, and servicing fee revenue is anticipated to decline proportionately. As of December 
31,  2004  and  2003,  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  owned  by  consolidated  vs.  non-consolidated 
subsidiaries and other third parties was as follows: 

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Amount

%

Amount

%

Total Managed Portfolio 
Owned by Consolidated Subsidiaries……..……$
Owned by Non-Consolidated Subsidiaries……$
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio……………...…$
Total……………………………….……………$

619.8
233.6
53.5
906.9

($ in millions)
68.3% $
25.8%
5.9%
100.0% $

315.6
425.5
-
741.1

42.6%
57.4%
0.0%
100.0%

At  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  was  generating  income  and  fees  on  a  managed  portfolio  with  an 
outstanding principal balance approximating $906.9 million (this amount includes $53.5 million related to the 
SeaWest  Third  Party  Portfolio  on  which  the  Company  earns  only  servicing  fees),  compared  to  a  managed 

28

  
 
 
 
 
              
              
              
              
                
                   
              
              
 
 
portfolio with an outstanding principal balance approximating $741.1 million as of December 31, 2003. As the 
portfolios of Contracts acquired in the MFN Merger and the TFC Merger decrease, the portfolio of Contracts 
originated  under  the  CPS  Programs  continues  to  expand.  At  December  31,  2004  and  2003,  the  managed 
portfolio composition was as follows: 

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Amount

%

Amount

%

Originating Entity
CPS……………………………………….……$
TFC………………………………..………… $
MFN………………………………...…………$
SeaWest……………………………….………$
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio……………..…$
Total………………………………….……… $

706.8
89.4
17.8
39.4
53.5
906.9

($ in millions)
77.9% $

9.9%
2.0%
4.3%
5.9%
100.0% $

543.8
123.6
73.7
-
-
741.1

73.4%
16.7%
9.9%
0.0%
0.0%
100.0%

Other income decreased $4.9 million, or 25.6%, to $14.4 million during 2004 from $19.3 million during 2003. 
The  period  over  period  decrease  resulted  primarily  from  a  sales  tax  refund  of  $3.0  received  in  2003  and 
decreased  recoveries  on  previously  charged  off  MFN  Contracts,  which  were  $8.0  million  during  2004, 
compared to $12.2 million for 2003. 

Expenses.  The  Company’s  operating  expenses  consist  primarily  of  employee  costs  and  other  operating 
expenses, which are incurred as applications and Contracts are received, processed and serviced. Factors that 
affect  margins  and  net  income  include  changes  in  the  automobile  and  automobile  finance  market 
environments, and macroeconomic factors such as interest rates and the unemployment level. 

Employee  costs  include  base  salaries,  commissions  and  bonuses  paid  to  employees,  and  certain  expenses 
related to the accounting treatment of outstanding warrants and stock options, and are one of the Company’s 
most significant operating expenses. These costs (other than those relating to stock options) generally fluctuate 
with the level of applications and Contracts processed and serviced. 

Other operating expenses consist primarily of interest expense, provisions for credit losses, facilities expenses, 
telephone  and  other  communication  services,  credit  services,  computer  services  (including  employee  costs 
associated  with  information  technology  support),  professional  services,  marketing  and  advertising  expenses, 
and depreciation and amortization. 

Total operating expenses were $148.6 million for 2004, compared to $108.0 million for 2003. The increase is 
primarily  due  to  a  $21.2  million  increase  in  the provision  for  credit  losses  to  $32.6  million during  the  2004 
period as compared to $11.4 million in the 2003 period. Increased interest expense was also significant. 

Employee costs increased to $38.2 million during 2004, representing 25.7% of total operating expenses, from 
$37.1 million for 2003, or 34.4% of total operating expenses. The slight increase is primarily the result of staff 
additions  related  to  increased  Contract  purchases  in  2004  (an  increase  of  $3.9  million).  This  increase  was 
partially offset by staff reductions since the MFN Merger in 2002 related to the integration and consolidation 
of  certain  service  and  administrative  activities  and  the  decline  in  the  balance  of  the  portfolio  of  Contracts 
acquired  in  the  MFN  Merger  (a  decrease  of  $3.2  million).  The  decrease  as  a  percentage  of  total  operating 
expenses reflects the higher total of operating expenses, primarily a result of the increased provision for credit 
losses and interest expense. 

General  and  administrative  expenses  remained  essentially  unchanged  at  $21.3  million,  or  14.3%  of  total 
operating expenses, in 2004, as compared to $21.3 million, or 19.7% of total operating expenses, in 2003. The 
decrease as a percentage of total operating expenses reflects the higher operating expenses primarily a result of 
the provision for credit losses and interest expense. 

29

  
 
 
 
             
             
               
             
               
               
               
                  
               
                  
             
             
 
 
Interest  expense  for  2004  increased  $8.3  million,  or  34.7%,  to  $32.1  million,  compared  to  $23.9  million  in 
2003. The increase is primarily the result of changes in the amount and composition of securitization trust debt 
carried  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  Such  debt  increased  as  a  result  of  the  change  in 
securitization structure implemented beginning in July 2003, the TFC Merger in May 2003 and the SeaWest 
Asset Acquisition in April 2004 (a combined increase of approximately $10.3 million), partially offset by the 
decrease in the balance of the securitization trust debt acquired in the MFN Merger (resulting in a decrease of 
approximately $2.0 million in interest expense).  

Impairment loss increased by $7.7 million, or 190.0%, to $11.8 million in 2004 as compared to $4.1 million in 
2003.  Such  impairment  loss  relates  to  the  Company’s  analysis  and  estimate  of  the  expected  ultimate 
performance of the Company’s previously securitized pools that are held by non-consolidated subsidiaries and 
the  residual  interest  in  securitizations.  The  impairment  loss  is a  result  of  the  actual  net loss and  prepayment 
rates exceeding the Company’s previous estimates for the Contracts held by non-consolidated subsidiaries. 

Marketing  expenses  increased  by  $3.0  million,  or  55.0%,  and  represented  5.6%  of  total  operating  expenses. 
The increase is primarily due to the increase in Contracts purchased by the Company during the year ended 
December 31, 2004. 

Occupancy expenses decreased by $410,000, or 10.4%, and represented 2.4% of total operating expenses. The 
decrease is primarily due to the closure and sub-leasing during 2004 of certain facilities acquired in the MFN 
Merger and the TFC Merger.  

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $215,000, or 21.5%, to $785,000 from $1.0 million. 

No income tax benefit was recorded in 2004 as compared to $3.4 million recorded in 2003 periods. The 2003 
benefit is primarily the result of the resolution of certain Internal Revenue Service examinations of previously 
filed MFN tax returns, resulting in a tax benefit of $4.9 million, and other state tax matters resulting in a tax 
provision of $1.5 million. The Company does not expect any comparable income tax benefit in future periods. 

The Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2002  

Revenues.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003,  revenues  were  $105.0  million,  an  increase  of  $6.6 
million, or 6.7%, from the prior year revenue of $98.4 million. With the change in securitization structure and 
consequent end to recording gain on sale revenue in the third quarter of 2003, net gain on sale of Contracts 
decreased $11.1 million, or 51.6%, to $10.4 million in 2003, compared to $21.5 million in 2002.  

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $9.5 million, or 19.6%, to $58.2 million in 
2003  from  $48.6  million  in  2002.  The  primary  reasons  for  the  increase  in  interest  income  are  the  change  in 
securitization structure (an increase of $11.3 million), the interest income earned on the portfolio of Contracts 
acquired  in  the  TFC  Merger  (an  increase  of  $13.9  million)  and  an  increase  in  residual  interest  income  (an 
increase  of  $0.7  million).  This  increase  was  partially  offset  by  the  decline  in  the  balance  of  the  portfolio  of 
Contracts acquired in the MFN Merger (resulting in a decrease of $16.4 million in interest income). 

Servicing fees totaling $17.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $2.4 million, or 16.7%, 
from  $14.6  million  in  the  same  period  a  year  earlier.  The  increase  in  servicing  fees  can  be  attributed  to  the 
growth  of  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-consolidated  subsidiaries  related  to  the  CPS 
Programs. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company’s managed portfolio held by non-consolidated 
subsidiaries had an average outstanding principal balance approximating $489.9 million, compared to $347.3 
million for the year ended December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2003, the Company’s managed portfolio held 
by consolidated subsidiaries had an outstanding principal balance approximating $315.6 million, compared to 
$117.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2002.  As  a  result  of  the  decision  to  structure  future  securitizations  as 
secured  financings,  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-consolidated  subsidiaries  will  decline  in 
future periods, and servicing fee revenue is anticipated to decline proportionately. 

30

  
 
 
 
 
At  December  31,  2003,  the  Company  was  generating  income  and  fees  on  a  managed  portfolio  with  an 
outstanding  principal  balance  approximating  $741.1  million,  compared  to  a  managed  portfolio  with  an 
outstanding  principal  balance  approximating  $595.2  million  as  of  December  31,  2002.  As  the  portfolio  of 
Contracts acquired in the MFN Merger amortizes, the portfolio of Contracts originated under the CPS and TFC 
programs  continues  to  expand.  At  December  31,  2003 and 2002, the  managed  portfolio  composition  was  as 
follows: 

December 31, 2003

December 31, 2002

Amount

%

Amount

%

Originating Entity
CPS………………………………..……………$
TFC…………………………………...……… $
MFN……………………...……………………$
Total……………………………….……………$

543.8
123.6
73.7
741.1

($ in millions)
73.4% $
16.7%
9.9%
100.0% $

394.3
-
200.9
595.2

66.2%
0.0%
33.8%
100.0%

Other  income  increased  42%  to  $19.3  million  in  2003  from  $13.6  million  in  2002.  The  period  over  period 
increase can be attributed in part to the receipt of state sales tax refunds of $3.2 million during third quarter of 
2003  and  recoveries  on  previously  charged  off  MFN  Contracts  totaling  $12.2  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2003, compared to $10.5 million for the comparable period in 2002. 

Expenses.  The  Company’s  operating  expenses  consist  primarily  of  employee  costs  and  other  operating 
expenses, which are incurred as applications and Contracts are received, processed and serviced. Factors that 
affect  margins  and  net  income  include  changes  in  the  automobile  and  automobile  finance  market 
environments, macroeconomic factors such as interest rates and the unemployment level, and mix of business 
between  Contracts  purchased  on  a  flow  basis  and  Contracts  purchased  on  an  other  than  flow  basis.  The 
Company ceased to purchase Contracts on a flow basis in May 2002. 

Employee  costs  include  base  salaries,  commissions  and  bonuses  paid  to  employees,  and  certain  expenses 
related  to  the  accounting  treatment  of  outstanding  stock  options,  and  are  one  of  the  Company’s  most 
significant operating expenses. These costs (other than those relating to stock options) generally fluctuate with 
the level of applications and Contracts processed and serviced. 

Other operating expenses consist primarily of interest expense, provisions for credit losses, facilities expenses, 
telephone  and  other  communication  services,  credit  services,  computer  services  (including  employee  costs 
associated  with  information  technology  support),  professional  services,  marketing  and  advertising  expenses, 
and depreciation and amortization. 

Total  operating  expenses  were  $108.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003,  compared  to  $98.3 
million for the same period in 2002. Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 would 
have been significantly lower except for the $11.4 million provision for credit loss expense recorded during the 
third  and  fourth  quarters  of  2003.  Such  provision  for  credit  loss  is  a  result  of  the  decision  to  structure 
securitizations as financings, rather than as sales. Provisions for credit loss expense should be anticipated to 
increase in future periods. 

Employee costs decreased to $37.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2003, representing 34.4% of 
total operating expenses, compared to $37.8 million for the 2002 period, or 38.4% of total operating expenses. 
The decrease is primarily the result of staff reductions since the MFN Merger in 2002 related to the integration 
and consolidation of certain service and administrative activities and the decline in the balance of the portfolio 
of Contracts acquired in the MFN Merger (a decrease of $4.8 million). This decrease was partially offset by 
staff additions related to the TFC Merger in May 2003 (an increase of $3.6 million). 

31

  
 
 
 
              
              
              
                   
                
              
              
              
 
 
In  connection  with  the  termination  of  MFN  origination  activities  and  the  integration  and  consolidation  of 
certain activities (see above) related to the MFN Merger and the TFC Merger, the Company has recognized 
certain liabilities related to the costs to exit these activities and terminate the affected employees of MFN and 
TFC. These activities include service departments such as accounting, finance, human resources, information 
technology,  administration,  payroll  and  executive  management.  Such  exit  and  termination  costs  have  been 
charged against these liabilities and are not reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. 

General and administrative expenses increased to $21.3 million, or 19.7% of total operating expenses, in the 
year ended December 31, 2003, from $20.1 million, or 20.5% of total operating expenses, in the same period 
of  2002.  The  decrease  as  a  percentage  of  total  operating  expenses  is  a  result  primarily  of  the  change  in 
securitization  structure  during  the  third  quarter  of  2003  which  increased  total  expenses,  and  of  continued 
general cost cutting during the period, offset in part by an increase in legal and other corporate expenses.  

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2003, decreased $64,000, or 0.3%, to $23.9 million in 2003. 
The slight decrease is the result of changes in the amount and composition of securitization trust debt carried 
on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet: such debt related to the MFN Merger declined as it was paid 
down (a decrease of $3.0 million), partially offset by the addition of securitization trust debt associated with 
the TFC Merger (an increase of $2.9 million) and with the securitizations subsequent to the Company’s change 
in  securitization  structure  (an  increase  of  $0.1  million).  As  the  Company  continues  to  structure  future 
securitization  transactions  as  secured  financings,  the  balances  of  securitization  trust  debt  and  the  related 
interest expense are expected to increase.  

Impairment loss decreased by $1.0 million, or 20.1%, to $4.1 million in 2003 as compared to $5.1 million in 
2002.  Such  impairment  loss  relates  to  the  Company’s  analysis  and  estimate  of  the  expected  ultimate 
performance of the Company’s previously securitized pools that are held by non-consolidated subsidiaries and 
the residual interest in securitizations. 

Marketing expenses decreased by $873,000, or 14.0%, and represented 5.0% of total operating expenses. The 
decrease  is  primarily  due  to  the  decrease  in  Contracts  purchased  by  the  Company  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2003. 

Occupancy expenses decreased by $97,000, or 2.4%, and represented 3.6% of total operating expenses. The 
decrease  is  primarily  due  to  the  closure  during  2003  of  certain  facilities  acquired  in  the  MFN  Merger.  The 
decrease was partially offset by the addition of facilities acquired in the TFC Merger. 

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $138,000, or 12.1%, to $1.0 million from $1.1 million. 

Income tax benefit of $3.4 million and $2.9 million was recorded in the 2003 and 2002 periods, respectively. 
The 2003 benefit is primarily the result of the resolution of certain Internal Revenue Service examinations of 
previously filed MFN tax returns, resulting in a tax benefit of $4.9 million, and other state tax matters which 
have  been  included  in  the  current  period  tax  provision.  The  2002  benefit  is  due  to  tax  legislation  passed  in 
early  2002,  which  enabled  the  Company  to  reverse  a  previously  recorded  valuation  allowance  of 
approximately $3.2 million, as well as to record benefit during the same 2002 period. The Company does not 
expect any comparable income tax benefit in future periods. 

Extraordinary  Item.  The  year  ended  December  31,  2002  included  $17.4  million  of  unallocated  negative 
goodwill, which represented the difference between the net assets acquired and the purchase price paid by the 
Company in connection with the MFN Merger. 

32

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Liquidity  

The  Company’s  business  requires  substantial  cash  to  support  its  purchases  of  Contracts  and  other  operating 
activities. The Company’s primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operating activities, including 
proceeds from sales of Contracts, amounts borrowed under various revolving credit facilities (also sometimes 
known as warehouse credit facilities), servicing fees on portfolios of Contracts previously sold in securitization 
transactions or serviced for third parties, customer payments of principal and interest on finance receivables, 
fees  for  origination  of  Contracts,  and  releases  of  cash  from  securitized  portfolios  of  Contracts  in  which  the 
Company has retained a residual ownership interest and from the Spread Accounts associated with such pools. 
The Company’s primary uses of cash have been the purchases of Contracts, repayment of amounts borrowed 
under  lines  of  credit  and  otherwise,  operating  expenses  such  as  employee,  interest,  occupancy  expenses  and 
initial 
other  general  and  administrative  expenses, 
overcollateralization,  if  any,  and  the  increase  of  Credit  Enhancement  to  required  levels  in  securitization 
transactions, and income taxes. There can be no assurance that internally generated cash will be sufficient to 
meet  the  Company’s  cash  demands.  The  sufficiency  of  internally  generated  cash  will  depend  on  the 
performance of securitized pools (which determines the level of releases from those portfolios and their related 
Spread  Accounts),  the  rate  of  expansion  or  contraction  in  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio,  and  the  terms 
upon which the Company is able to acquire, sell, and borrow against Contracts. 

the  establishment  of  Spread  Accounts  and 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $12.2 
million, $99.8 million and $146.9 million, respectively. Cash from operating activities is generally provided by 
the net releases from the Company’s securitization Trusts and from the amortization of Contracts held for sale 
to  non-consolidated  subsidiaries  offset  by  the  purchase  of  such  Contracts.  The  decrease  in  2003  vs.  2002  is 
primarily a result of lower cash releases from the MFN Trusts as the principal balance of the Contracts in those 
two pools decreased significantly year-over-year. The decrease in 2004 vs. 2003 is primarily the result of the 
Company’s  decision,  in  July  2003,  to  treat  all  of  its  future  securitizations  as  secured  financings.  As  a  result 
2004 includes no activity related to Contracts held for sale. 

On  April  2,  2004,  the  Company  purchased  a  portfolio  of  Contracts  and  certain  other  assets  in  the  SeaWest 
Asset Acquisition. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $63.2 million, which was funded with the 
proceeds of an acquisition financing facility and existing cash. On May 20, 2003, the Company completed the 
TFC  Merger  (see  Note  2  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  The  acquisition  cost  was 
approximately $23.7 million, and was substantially funded by existing cash. On March 8, 2002, the Company 
completed the MFN Merger (see Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). The acquisition cost 
was approximately $123.2 million, and was substantially funded by existing cash and borrowings.  

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004,  2003  and  2002,  was  $314.0 
million, $179.8 million, and $29.8 million, respectively. Cash used in investing activities has generally related 
to purchases of Contracts, the cost of acquiring TFC and MFN and the purchase of furniture and equipment. 
With  the  change  in  the  securitization  structure  implemented  in  the  third  quarter  of  2003,  $506.0  million  of 
Contracts  were  purchased  for  investment  in  2004  as compared  to  $175.3  million in  2003  and none in 2002. 
Cash used in the TFC Merger, net of the cash acquired in the transaction, totaled $10.2  million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2003.  Cash  used  in  the  acquisition  of  MFN  Financial  Corporation,  net  of  the  cash 
acquired in the transaction, totaled $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004, was $285.3 million compared 
with  $80.3  million  in  2003  and  net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  of  $86.8  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2002. Cash used or provided by financing activities is primarily attributable to the repayment or 
issuance of debt. In connection with the TFC Merger the Company assumed securitization trust debt related to 
three  securitization  transactions  held  by  consolidated  subsidiaries  (see  Note  7  of  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements)  and  assumed  additional  subordinated  debt  (see  Note  8  of  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements).  In  connection  with  the  MFN  Merger  the  Company  assumed  securitization  trust  debt 
related  to  one  securitization  transaction  held  by  a  consolidated  subsidiary  and  one  securitization  transaction 

33

  
 
 
 
held by a non-consolidated subsidiary (see Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) and incurred 
additional  senior  secured  debt  (see  Note  8  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  Cash  used  in 
financing  activities  is  primarily  attributable  to  the  repayment  of  outstanding  debt.  With  the  change  in  the 
securitization  structure  implemented  in  the  third  quarter  of  2003,  $472.0  million  of  securitization  trust  debt 
was issued in 2004 as compared to $154.4 million in 2003 and none in 2002. 

There  can  be no  assurance that  cash  flows  generated  as  a  result of  the  SeaWest  Asset  Acquisition,  the  TFC 
Merger and the MFN Merger will be sufficient to meet the obligations assumed or incurred as a result of such 
transactions.  The  sufficiency  of  internally  generated  cash  will  depend  on  the  performance  of  the  securitized 
pools. At the time of the TFC Merger, TFC had outstanding $6.3 million in principal amount of subordinated 
debt, which the Company assumed as part of the TFC Merger. Such debt bears interest at the rate of 13.25% 
per annum payable monthly in arrears, requires monthly amortization, is due in June 2005 and has $1.0 million 
outstanding at December 31, 2004. At the time of the MFN Merger, MFN had outstanding $22.5  million in 
principal amount of senior subordinated debt, which was due and repaid in full on March 23, 2002. Such debt 
bore interest at the rate of 11.00% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. 

Contracts are purchased from Dealers for a cash price approximating their principal amount, adjusted for an 
acquisition fee which may either increase or decrease the Contract purchase price, and generate cash flow over 
a  period  of  years.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  been  dependent  on  warehouse  credit  facilities  to  purchase 
Contracts, and on the availability of cash from outside sources in order to finance its continuing operations, as 
well  as  to  fund  the  portion  of  Contract  purchase  prices  not  financed  under  revolving  warehouse  credit 
facilities. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had $225 million in warehouse credit capacity, in the form 
of  a  $125  million  facility  and  a  $100  million  facility.  The  first  facility  provides  funding  for  Contracts 
purchased under the TFC Programs while both warehouse facilities provide funding for Contracts purchased 
under the CPS Programs. A third facility in the amount of $75 million, which the Company utilized to fund 
Contracts  under  the  CPS  Programs,  expired  on  February  21,  2004.  A  fourth  facility  in  the  amount  of  $25 
million, which the Company utilized to fund Contracts under the TFC Programs, expired on June 24, 2004.  

Through  May  2002,  the  Company’s  Contract  purchasing  program  consisted  of  both  (i)  flow  purchases  for 
immediate resale to non-affiliates and (ii) purchases for the Company's own account made on other than a flow 
basis, funded primarily by advances under a revolving warehouse credit facility. Flow purchases allowed the 
Company to purchase Contracts with minimal demands on liquidity. The Company's revenues from the resale 
of  flow  purchase  Contracts,  however,  were  materially  less  than  those  that  may  be  received  by  holding 
Contracts to maturity or by selling Contracts in securitization transactions. During the years ended December 
31, 2004 and 2003 the Company purchased $447.2 million and $357.3 million, respectively, of Contracts for 
its own account, compared to $282.2 million for its own account and $181.1 million of Contracts on a flow 
basis in 2002. The Company’s flow purchase program ended in May 2002. 

The  $125  million  warehouse  facility  is  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase  price  of 
Contracts  by  drawing  against  a  floating  rate  variable  funding  note  issued  by  CPS  Warehouse  Trust.  This 
facility was established on March 7, 2002, in the maximum amount of $100 million. Such maximum amount 
was  increased  to  $125  million  in  November  2002.  Up  to  73%  of  the  principal  balance  of  Contracts  may  be 
advanced  to  the  Company  under  this  facility,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other  conditions  and 
covenants. Notes under this facility accrue interest at a rate of one-month commercial paper plus 1.18% per 
annum. This facility was renewed on April 5, 2004 and expires on April 4, 2005. 

The  $100  million  warehouse  facility  is  similarly  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase 
price  of  Contracts  by  drawing  against  a  floating  rate  variable  funding  note  issued  by  its  subsidiary  Page 
Funding LLC. Approximately 73.5% of the principal balance of Contracts may be advanced to the Company 
under  this  facility,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other  conditions  and  covenants.  Notes  under  this 
facility accrue interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum. This facility was entered into on 
June 30, 2004. The lender has annual termination options at its sole discretion on each June 30 through 2007, 
at which time the agreement expires. 

34

  
 
 
 
The  $75  million  warehouse  facility  was  similarly  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase 
price  of  Contracts  by  drawing  against  a  floating  rate  variable  funding  note  issued  by  CPS  Funding  LLC. 
Approximately  72.5%  of  the  principal  balance  of  Contracts  could  be  advanced  to  the  Company  under  this 
facility, subject to collateral tests and certain other conditions and covenants. Notes under this facility accrued 
interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 0.75% per annum. This facility expired on February 21, 2004. 

The  $25  million  warehouse  facility  was  similarly  structured  to  allow TFC  to  fund a  portion  of  the  purchase 
price of Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by TFC Warehouse I LLC. 
Approximately 71% of the principal balance of Contracts was advanced to TFC under this facility, subject to 
collateral tests and certain other conditions and covenants. Notes under this facility accrued interest at a rate of 
one-month LIBOR plus 1.75% per annum. This facility expired on June 24, 2004.  

These facilities are independent of each other. With the two currently existing facilities, two different financial 
institutions  purchase  the  notes  issued  by  these  facilities,  and  two  different  insurers  insure  the  notes  (each  a 
“Note Insurer”). The Note Insurer on the $125 million facility is the controlling party whereas the lender on 
the $100 million facility is the controlling party. Up through June 30, 2003, sales of Contracts to the special 
purpose subsidiaries (“SPS”) related to the first two facilities had been treated as sales for financial accounting 
purposes. The Company, therefore, removed these securitized Contracts and related debt from its Consolidated 
Balance  Sheet  and  recognized  a  gain  on  sale  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations. 
Indebtedness  related  to  Contracts  funded  by  the  third  facility,  however,  was  retained  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  and  no  gain  on  sale  has  ever  been  recognized  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Statement of Operations. During July 2003, each of the first two facilities was amended, with the effect that 
subsequent  use  of  such  facilities  is  treated  for  financial  accounting  purposes  as  borrowing  secured  by  such 
receivables, rather than as a sale of receivables. The effects of that amendment are similar to those discussed 
above with respect to the change in securitization structure.  

The  Company  securitized $463.9  million of  Contracts  in  five  private  placement  transactions during the  year 
ended  December  31,  2004.  All  of  these  transactions  were  structured  as  secured  financings  and,  therefore, 
resulted  in  no  gain on  sale.  The  Company  securitized $416.9  million  of  Contracts  in  four  private  placement 
transactions during the year ended December 31, 2003. The first two such transactions of 2003 were structured 
as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  resulting  in  a  gain  on  sale  of  $6.4  million  (net  of  a  negative  fair 
value  adjustment  of  $4.1  million  related  to  the  performance  of  previously  securitized  pools).  The  final  two 
transactions  of  2003  were  structured  as  secured  financings  and,  therefore,  resulted  in  no  gain  on  sale.  The 
Company securitized $281.2 million of Contracts in three private placement transactions during the year ended 
December  31,  2002.  All  of  these  transactions  were  structured  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes, 
resulting in a gain on sale of $16.9 million (net of a pre-tax charge of $2.5 million related to the performance 
of previously securitized pools). In March 2004 a wholly-owned bankruptcy remote consolidated subsidiary of 
the  Company  issued  $44  million  of  asset-backed  notes  secured  by  its  retained  interest  in  eight  term 
securitization transactions. The notes, which have an interest rate of 10% per annum and a final  maturity in 
October  2009,  are  required  to  be  repaid  from  the  distributions  on  the  underlying  retained  interests.  In 
connection with the issuance of the notes, the Company incurred and capitalized issuance costs of $1.3 million. 

Prior to June 2002, the Company also purchased Contracts on a flow basis, which, as compared with purchases 
of Contracts for the Company’s own account, involved a materially reduced demand on the Company’s cash. 
The  Company’s  plan  for  meeting  its  liquidity  needs  is  to  match  its  levels  of  Contract  purchases  to  its 
availability of cash. 

For the portfolio owned by non-consolidated subsidiaries, cash used to increase Credit Enhancement amounts 
to required levels for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $2.1 million, $20.9 million and 
$24.2  million,  respectively.  Cash  released  from  Trusts  and  their  related  Spread  Accounts  to  the  Company 
related to the portfolio owned by non-consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 
and 2002 was $17.2 million, $25.9 million and $60.4 million, respectively. Changes in the amount of Credit 
Enhancement  required  for  term  securitization  transactions  and  releases  from  Trusts  and  their  related  Spread 
Accounts  are  affected  by  the  relative  size,  seasoning  and  performance  of  the  various  pools  of  Contracts 
securitized  that  make  up  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  to  which  the  respective  Spread  Accounts  are 

35

  
 
 
 
related. During the year ended December 31, 2004 the Company made no initial deposits to Spread Accounts 
and  funded  no  initial  overcollateralization  related  to  its  term  securitization  transactions  owned  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries, compared to $18.7 million in the 2003 period and $16.7 million in the 2002 period. 
The  acquisition  of  Contracts  for  subsequent  sale  in  securitization  transactions,  and  the  need  to  fund  Spread 
Accounts  and  initial  overcollateralization,  if  any,  and  increase  Credit  Enhancement  levels  when  those 
transactions take place, results in a continuing need for capital. The amount of capital required is most heavily 
dependent on the rate of the Company’s Contract purchases (other than flow purchases), the required level of 
initial  Credit  Enhancement  in  securitizations,  and  the  extent  to  which  the  previously  established  Trusts  and 
their  related  Spread  Accounts  either  release  cash  to  the  Company  or  capture  cash  from  collections  on 
securitized  Contracts.  The  Company  is  currently  limited  in  its  ability  to  purchase  Contracts  due  to  certain 
liquidity constraints. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had cash on hand of $14.4 million and available 
Contract purchase commitments from its warehouse credit facilities of $190.7 million. The Company’s plans 
to manage the need for liquidity include the completion of additional term securitizations that would provide 
additional credit availability from the warehouse credit facilities, and matching its levels of Contract purchases 
to  its  availability  of  cash.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  complete  term 
securitizations on favorable economic terms or that the Company will be able to complete term securitizations 
at all. If the Company is unable to complete such securitizations, interest income and other portfolio related 
income would decrease. 

The Company’s primary means of ensuring that its cash demands do not exceed its cash resources is to match 
its  levels  of  Contract  purchases  to  its  availability  of  cash.  The  Company’s  ability  to  adjust  the  quantity  of 
Contracts that it purchases and securitizes will be subject to general competitive conditions and the continued 
availability  of  warehouse  credit  facilities.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  desired  level  of  Contract 
acquisition can be maintained or increased. While the specific terms and mechanics of each Spread Account 
vary among transactions, the Company’s Securitization Agreements generally provide that the Company will 
receive excess cash flows only if the amount of Credit Enhancement has reached specified levels and/or the 
delinquency, defaults or net losses related to the Contracts in the pool are below certain predetermined levels. 
In  the  event  delinquencies,  defaults  or  net  losses  on  the  Contracts  exceed  such  levels,  the  terms  of  the 
securitization:  (i)  may  require  increased  Credit  Enhancement  to  be  accumulated  for  the  particular  pool;  (ii) 
may restrict the distribution to the Company of excess cash flows associated with other pools; or (iii) in certain 
circumstances, may permit the insurers to require the transfer of servicing on some or all of the Contracts to 
another servicer. There can be no assurance that collections from the related Trusts will continue to generate 
sufficient cash. 

Certain  of  the  Company’s  securitization  transactions  and  the  warehouse  credit  facilities  contain  various 
financial covenants requiring certain minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining 
minimum  levels  of  liquidity  and  net  worth  and  not  exceeding  maximum  leverage  levels  and  maximum 
financial  losses.  As  a  result  of  waivers  and  amendments  to  these  covenants  throughout  2004  and  during  the 
first  quarter  of  2005,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  such  covenants  as  of  December  31,  2004. 
Without the waivers and amendments obtained in the first quarter of 2005, the Company would have been in 
breach of covenants related to maintaining a minimum level of net worth and incurring a maximum financial 
loss as of December 31, 2004. 

The  Servicing  Agreements  of  the  Company’s  securitization  transactions  and  warehouse  credit  facilities  are 
terminable by the insurers of certain of the Trust’s obligations (“Note Insurers”) in the event of certain defaults 
by the Company and under certain other circumstances. Were a Note Insurer in the future to exercise its option 
to  terminate  the  Servicing  Agreements,  such  a  termination  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s  liquidity  and  results  of  operations.  The  Company  continues  to  receive  Servicer  extensions  on  a 
monthly and/or quarterly basis, pursuant to the Servicing Agreements. 

36

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s  material  contractual  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2004 
(dollars in thousands): 

Long Term Debt……………………………$

76,250

$

37,039

$

39,211

$

-

$

-

Payment due by period(1)

Total

Less than
1 Year

1 to 3
Years

3 to 5
Years

More than
5 Years

Operating Leases……………………………$
_________________ 
(1)Securitization  trust  debt,  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $542.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2004,  is  omitted  from  this  table 
because it becomes due as and when the related receivables balance is reduced. Expected payments, which will depend on the 
performance  of  such  receivables,  as  to  which  there  can  be  no  assurance,  are  $202.7  million  in  2005,  $150.8  million  in  2006, 
$94.9 million in 2007, $56.3 million in 2008, $31.2 million in 2009, and $6.9 million in 2010 

12,437

4,370

6,319

1,748

$

$

$

$

-

Long term debt includes senior secured, subordinated debt and notes payable. 

Credit Facilities  

The terms on which credit has been available to the Company for purchase of Contracts have varied over the 
three-year period ended December 31, 2004, as shown in the following recapitulation: 

In  November  2000,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  CPS  Funding  LLC)  entered  into  a  floating  rate 
variable note purchase facility under which up to $75 million of notes may be outstanding at any time subject 
to  collateral  tests  and  other  conditions.  The  Company  uses  funds  derived  from  this  facility  to  purchase 
Contracts  under  the  CPS  Programs,  which  are  pledged  to  secure  the  notes.  The  collateral  tests  and  other 
conditions  generally  allow  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to  approximately  72.5%  of  the  price  paid  for  such 
Contracts.  Notes  issued  under  this  facility  bear  interest  at  one-month  LIBOR  plus  0.75%  per  annum.  This 
facility expired on February 21, 2004.  

Additionally,  in  March  2002,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  CPS  Warehouse  Trust)  entered  into  a 
second  floating  rate  variable  note  purchase  facility,  under  which  up  to  $125.0  million  of  notes  may  be 
outstanding at any time, subject to collateral tests and other conditions. The Company uses funds derived from 
this facility to purchase Contracts under the CPS Programs and the TFC Programs, which are pledged to secure 
the  notes.  The  collateral  tests  and  other  conditions  generally  allow  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to 
approximately  73%  of  the  price  paid  for  such  Contracts  for  Contracts  purchased  under  the  CPS  Programs. 
Notes  issued under  this  facility bear  interest  at commercial paper  plus  1.18%  per  annum.  During  November 
2004,  this  facility  was  amended  to  allow  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to  approximately  70%  for  Contracts 
purchased under the TFC Programs. The balance of notes outstanding related to this facility at December 31, 
2004 was $34.3 million. This facility expires on April 3, 2005. The Company is currently in discussions with 
the related parties to renew such facility. 

In  connection  with  the  TFC  Merger  in  May  2003,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  TFC  Warehouse  I 
LLC) entered into a third floating rate variable note purchase facility, under which up to $25.0 million of notes 
may  be  outstanding  at  any  time,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  other  conditions.  The  Company  uses  funds 
derived  from  this  facility  to  purchase  Contracts  under  the  TFC  programs,  which  are  pledged  to  secure  the 
notes. The collateral tests and other conditions generally allow the Company to borrow up to approximately 
71% of the price paid for such Contracts. Notes issued under this facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.75% 
per annum. This facility expired on June 24, 2004. 

In  June  2004,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  Page  Funding  LLC)  entered  into  a  floating  rate  variable 
note purchase facility to replace the $75 million facility described above. Up to $100 million of notes may be 
outstanding under this facility at any time subject to certain collateral tests and other conditions. The Company 

37

  
 
 
 
    
    
    
              
              
    
      
      
      
              
 
 
uses  funds  derived  from  this  facility  to  purchase  Contracts  under  the  CPS  Programs,  which  are  pledged  to 
secure  the  notes.  The  collateral  tests  and  other  conditions  generally  allow  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to 
approximately 73.5% of the price paid for such Contracts. Notes issued under this facility bear interest at one-
month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum. The balance of notes outstanding related to this facility at December 31, 
2004 was zero.  

Capital Resources  

Prior  to  1999,  and  again  in  2001,  2002,  2003  and  2004  the  Company  has  funded  increases  in  its  managed 
portfolio through securitization transactions, as discussed above, and funded its other capital needs with cash 
from operations and with the proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and/or equity. 

As noted above, $37,039,000 of long-term debt matures prior to December 31, 2005. The Company plans to 
repay  its  long-term  debt  from  a  combination  of  the  following:  (i)  the  proceeds  from  a  public  offering  of 
renewable notes; (ii) a possible transaction similar to the financing that it undertook in March 2004 where the 
Company  issued  notes  secured  by  its  residual  interests  in  securitizations;  and  (iii)  possible  senior  secured 
financing  similar  to  its  existing  outstanding  senior  secured  financing.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the 
Company will be able to complete these transactions. Securitization trust debt is repaid from collections on the 
related  receivables,  and  becomes  due  in  accordance  with  its  terms  as  the  principal  amount  of  the  related 
receivables  is  reduced.  Although  the  securitization  trust  debt  also  has  alternative  maximum  maturity  dates, 
those dates are significantly later than the dates at which repayment of the related receivables is anticipated, 
and  at  no  time  in  the  Company’s  history  have  any  of  its  sponsored  asset-backed  securities  reached  those 
alternative maximum maturities. 

The acquisition of Contracts for subsequent transfer in securitization transactions, and the need to fund Spread 
Accounts  and  initial  overcollateralization,  if  any,  when those  transactions  take  place,  results  in  a  continuing 
need  for  capital.  The  amount  of  capital  required  is  most  heavily  dependent  on  the  rate  of  the  Company’s 
Contract purchases, the required level of initial credit enhancement in securitizations, and the extent to which 
the Trusts and related Spread Accounts either release cash to the Company or capture cash from collections on 
securitized Contracts. The Company plans to adjust its levels of Contract purchases so as to match anticipated 
releases of cash from the Trusts and related Spread Accounts with its capital requirements. 

Capitalization  

Over the three-year period ended December 31, 2004; the Company has managed its capitalization by issuing 
and restructuring debt as summarized in the following table: 

38

  
 
 
 
 
 
2004

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(In thousands)

2002

Securitization trust debt:
Beginning balance…………………………………..………...……$
   Assumption in connection with MFN & TFC Merger………….…$
   Issuances……………………………………...………………… $
   Payments………………………………………..…………………$
Ending balance……………………………………………..………$

245,118
-
474,720
(177,023)
542,815

Senior secured debt:
Beginning balance……………………………………………...……$
   Issuances………………………………………….………………$
   Payments………………………………………..…………………$
Ending balance……………………………………...………………$

Subordinated debt:
Beginning balance……………………………………..……...……$
   Assumption in connection with MFN & TFC Merger……………$
   Payments…………………………………………………….……$
Ending balance………………………………………….………… $

Related party debt:
Beginning balance………………………………….………...…… $
   Non-cash conversion………………………………………………$
   Payments……………………………………...………………… $
Ending balance…………………………………..…………………$

49,965
25,000
(15,136)
59,829

35,000
-
(20,000)
15,000

17,500
(1,000)
(16,500)
-

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

71,630
115,597
154,375
(96,484)
245,118

50,072
25,000
(25,107)
49,965

36,000
-
(1,000)
35,000

17,500
-
-
17,500

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

-
156,923
-
(85,293)
71,630

26,000
46,242
(22,170)
50,072

36,989
22,500
(23,489)
36,000

17,500
-
-
17,500

The  assumption  of  debt  related  to  the  TFC  Merger  is  included  in  the  2003  activity  in  the  table  above.  The 
assumption of debt related to the MFN Merger is included in the 2002 activity in the table above. 

During  the  first  quarter  of  2001,  the  Company  purchased  a  total  of  $8,000,000  of  outstanding  indebtedness 
held  by  Levine  Leichtman  Capital  Partners  II,  L.P.  (“LLCP”)  and  Stanwich  Financial  Services  Corp. 
(“SFSC”). The Company purchased and retired $4,000,000 of subordinated debt held by SFSC in exchange for 
payment  of  $3,920,000,  and  purchased  and  retired  $4,000,000  of  senior  secured  debt  held  by  LLCP  in 
exchange for payment of $4,200,000. The LLCP debt by its terms called for a prepayment penalty of 3% (or 
$120,000); the additional 2% (or $80,000) paid in connection with its February 2001 prepayment was absorbed 
by SFSC.  

In March 2002, the Company and LLCP entered into an additional series of agreements under which LLCP 
provided additional funding to enable the Company to acquire MFN Financial Corporation. Under the March 
2002 agreements, the Company borrowed $35 million from LLCP as a bridge note (the “Bridge Note”) and 
approximately  $8.5  million  (the  “Term  C  Note”)  on  a  deemed  principal  amount  of  approximately  $11.2 
million. The Bridge Note requires principal payments of $2.0 million a month, which began in June 2002, with 
a final balloon payment in the amount of $17.0 million, which was made pursuant to the terms of the Bridge 
Note  in  February  2003.  The  Term  C  Note  repayment  schedule  is  based  on  the  performance  of  a  certain 
securitized pool. As the subordinated Note of the pool is repaid from the Trust, principal payments are due on 
the Term C Note. The maturity date of the Term C Note was March 2008. Interest was due monthly on the 
Bridge Note at a rate of 13.5% per annum and on the Term C Note at a rate of 12.0% per annum. In connection 
with the  March  2002  agreements  and  the  acquisition  of  MFN,  the  Company  paid LLCP  a  structuring  fee  of 
$1.75  million  and  an  investment  banking  fee  of  $1.0  million,  and  paid  LLCP’s  out-of-pocket  expenses  of 
approximately  $315,000.  In  addition,  the  Company  paid  LLCP  certain  other  fees  and  interest  amounting  to 
$426,181. Approximately $1.4 million of the fees and other amounts paid to LLCP were deferred as financing 
costs  and  are  being  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  related  debt.  The  remaining  fees  and  other  costs  were 
included in the purchase price of MFN. 

39

  
 
 
 
    
    
             
               
  
  
    
  
             
  
   
   
    
  
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
    
   
   
     
    
    
     
    
    
               
             
    
    
     
   
     
    
    
     
    
    
      
             
             
    
             
             
               
    
    
 
 
At  the  time  of  the  MFN  Merger,  MFN  had  outstanding  $22.5  million  in  principal  amount  of  senior 
subordinated debt, which was due and repaid in full on March 23, 2002. Such debt bore interest at the rate of 
11.00%  per  annum,  payable  quarterly in  arrears.  At the  time  of  the TFC  Merger, TFC  had  outstanding $6.3 
million in principal amount of subordinated debt, which the Company assumed as part of the TFC Merger. The 
remaining  debt bears interest  at  the  rate  of  13.25%  per  annum  payable  monthly in arrears,  requires  monthly 
amortization and is due in June 2005. 

On  February  3,  2003,  the  Company  borrowed  $25.0  million  from  LLCP,  net  of  fees  and  expenses  of  $1.05 
million.  The  indebtedness,  represented  by  the  “Term  D  Note,”  was  originally  due  in  April  2003,  with 
Company  options  to  extend  the  maturity  to  May  2003  and  January  2004,  upon  payment  of  successive 
extension fees of $125,000. The Company has paid the fees to extend the maturity to January 2004. Interest on 
the  Term  D  Note  is  payable  monthly  at  rates  that  averaged  4.79%  per  annum  through  June  30,  2003,  and 
12.0% per annum thereafter. In a separate transaction, the Bridge Note issued to LLCP in connection with the 
acquisition  of  MFN,  in  an  original  principal  amount  of  $35.0  million,  was  due  on  February  28,  2003.  The 
outstanding  principal  balance  of  $17.0  million  was  paid  in  February  2003.  In  addition,  the  maturity  of  the 
Term B Note was extended in October 2003 from November 2003 to January 2004. The Company repaid in 
full the Term C Note on January 29, 2004 and repaid $10.0 million of the Term D Note on January 15, 2004. 
In addition, on January 29, 2004 the maturities of the Term B Note and the Term D Note were extended to 
December  15,  2005  and  the  coupons  on  both  notes  were  decreased  to  11.75%  per  annum  from  14.50%  and 
12.00%, respectively. The Company paid LLCP fees equal to $921,000 for these amendments, which will be 
amortized over the remaining life of the notes. As of December 31, 2004, the outstanding principal balances of 
the Term B Note and the Term D Note were $19.8 million and $15.0 million, respectively. 

On May 28, 2004 and June 25, 2004, the Company borrowed $15 million and $10 million, respectively, from 
LLCP.  The  indebtedness,  represented  by  the  “Term  E  Note,”  and  the  “Term  F  Note,”  respectively,  bears 
interest  at  11.75%  per  annum.  Both  the  Term  E  Note  and  the  Term  F  Note  mature  two  years  from  their 
respective funding dates. As of December 31, 2004, the outstanding principal balances of the Term E Note and 
the Term F Note were $15.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. 

In the second quarter of 2004, the Company retired an aggregate of $37.5 million of long-term indebtedness, 
comprising (i) $20.0 million of partially convertible debt (“Participating Equity Notes” or “PENs”) issued in 
an April 1997 public offering and bearing interest at 10.50% per annum, (ii) $15.0 million of debt issued in 
June 1997 to SFSC on terms similar to those of the PENs, but bearing interest at 9.00% per annum, (iii) $1.0 
million of convertible debt issued in 1998 to a director of the Company, bearing interest at 12.50% per annum, 
and (iv) $1.5 million of debt issued in 1999 to SFSC, bearing interest at 14.50% per annum. The indebtedness 
to the director was converted, in accordance with its terms, into common stock at the rate of $3.00 per share; 
the remainder of such indebtedness was repaid. 

 LLCP  holds  approximately  21.2%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  shares.  SFSC  was  an  affiliate  of 
Charles  E.  Bradley,  Sr.,  the  Company’s  former  chairman  and  father  of  the  company’s  current  chairman  and 
Chief Executive Officer, and SFSC and Mr. Bradley, Sr. together hold approximately 8.9% of the Company’s 
outstanding common shares. 

The  Company  must  comply  with  certain  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  related  to  debt  facilities,  which 
require, among other things, that the Company maintain certain financial ratios related to liquidity, net worth, 
capitalization,  investments,  acquisitions,  restricted  payments  and  certain  dividend  restrictions.  As  a  result  of 
waivers and amendments to covenants related to securitization and non-securitization related debt throughout 
2004  and  during  the  first  quarter  of  2005,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  such  covenants  as  of 
December 31, 2004. Without the waivers and amendments obtained in the first quarter of 2005, the Company 
would have been in breach of covenants related to maintaining a minimum level of net worth and incurring a 
maximum  financial  loss  as  of  December  31,  2004.  In  addition,  certain  securitization  and  non-securitization 
related debt contain cross-default provisions, which would allow certain creditors to declare default if a default 
were declared under a different facility. 

40

  
 
 
 
In  July  2000,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  up  to  $5,000,000  of  outstanding  debt  and 
equity securities of the Company, inclusive of the mandatory annual purchase or redemption of $1,000,000 of 
the  Company’s  outstanding  “RISRS”  subordinated  debt  securities,  due  2006.  In  October  2002,  the  Board  of 
Directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  an  additional  $5,000,000  of  outstanding  debt  or  equity  securities.  In 
October 2004, the Board of Directors authorized the purchase of an additional $5,000,000 of outstanding debt 
or equity securities. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had purchased $4.0 million in principal amount 
of the RISRS, and $4.0 million of its common stock, representing 2,167,036 shares. 

Forward-looking Statements  

This  report  on  Form  10-K  includes  certain  “forward-looking  statements,”  including,  without  limitation,  the 
statements or implications to the effect that prepayments as a percentage of original balances will approximate 
20.0%  to  30.5%  cumulatively  over  the  lives  of  the  related  Contracts,  that  charge-offs  as  a  percentage  of 
original balances will approximate 17.2% to 26.3% cumulatively over the lives of the related Contracts, with 
recovery rates approximating 3.2% to 5.8% of original principal balances. Other forward-looking statements 
may be identified by the use of words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “plans,” “estimates,” or words of like 
meaning. As to the specifically identified forward-looking statements, factors that could affect charge-offs and 
recovery rates include changes in the general economic climate, which could affect the willingness or ability of 
obligors to pay pursuant to the terms of Contracts, changes in laws respecting consumer finance, which could 
affect  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  enforce  rights  under  Contracts,  and  changes  in  the  market  for  used 
vehicles, which could affect the levels of recoveries upon sale of repossessed vehicles. Factors that could affect 
the  Company’s  revenues  in  the  current  year  include  the  levels  of  cash  releases  from  existing  pools  of 
Contracts, which would affect the Company’s ability to purchase Contracts, the terms on which the Company 
is able to finance such purchases, the willingness of Dealers to sell Contracts to the Company on the terms that 
it  offers,  and  the  terms  on  which  the  Company  is  able  to  complete  term  securitizations  once  Contracts  are 
acquired. Factors that could affect the Company’s expenses in the current year include competitive conditions 
in the market for qualified personnel, and interest rates (which affect the rates that the Company pays on Notes 
issued  in  its  securitizations).  The  statements  concerning  the  Company  structuring  future  securitization 
transactions as secured financings and the effects of such structures on financial items and on the Company’s 
future  profitability  also  are  forward-looking  statements.  Any  change  to  the  structure  of  the  Company’s 
securitization transaction could cause such forward-looking statements not to be accurate. Both the amount of 
the effect of the change in structure on the Company’s profitability and the duration of the period in which the 
Company’s profitability would be affected by the change in securitization structure are estimates. The accuracy 
of such estimates will be affected by the rate at which the Company purchases and sells Contracts, any changes 
in that rate, the credit performance of such Contracts, the financial terms of future securitizations, any changes 
in such terms over time, and other factors that generally affect the Company’s profitability.  

Additional risk factors, any of which could have a material effect on the Company’s performance, are set forth 
below: 

Dependence  on  Warehouse  Financing.  The  Company’s  primary  source  of  day-to-day  liquidity  is  continuous 
securitization of Contracts, under which it sells or pledges Contracts, as often as once a week, to either of two 
special-purpose affiliated entities in the case of CPS, or to one of the two special-purpose affiliated entities in the 
case of TFC. Such transactions function as a “warehouse,” in which Contracts are held. The Company expects to 
continue to effect similar transactions (or to obtain replacement or additional financing) as current arrangements 
expire  or  become  fully  utilized;  however,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  financing  will  be  obtainable  on 
favorable  terms.  To  the  extent  that  the  Company  is  unable  to  maintain  its  existing  structures  or  is  unable  to 
arrange new warehouse facilities, the Company may have to curtail Contract purchasing activities, which could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. 

Dependence  on  Securitization  Program.  The  Company  is  dependent  upon  its  ability  to  continue  to  finance 
pools  of  Contracts  in  term  securitizations  in  order  to  generate  cash  proceeds  for  new  purchases.  Adverse 
changes in the market for securitized Contract pools, or a substantial lengthening of the warehousing period, 

41

  
 
 
 
 
would  burden  the  Company’s  financing  capabilities,  could  require  the  Company  to  curtail  its  purchase  of 
Contracts, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, as a means of reducing the 
percentage of cash collateral that the Company would otherwise be required to deposit and maintain in Spread 
Accounts and overcollateralization, all of the Company’s securitizations since June 1994 have utilized Credit 
Enhancement  in  the  form  of  financial  guaranty  insurance  policies  issued  by  monoline  financial  guaranty 
insurers. The Company believes that financial guaranty insurance policies reduce the costs of securitizations 
relative to alternative forms of Credit Enhancements available to the Company. No insurer is required to insure 
Company-sponsored securitizations and there can be no assurance that any will continue to do so. Similarly, 
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  securitization  transaction  will  be  available  on  terms  acceptable  to  the 
Company, or at all. The timing of any securitization transaction is affected by a number of factors beyond the 
Company’s  control,  any  of  which  could  cause  substantial  delays,  including,  without  limitation,  market 
conditions and the approval by all parties of the terms of the securitization. 

Risk  of  General  Economic  Downturn.  The  Company’s  business  is  directly  related  to  sales  of  new  and  used 
automobiles,  which  are  affected  by  employment  rates,  prevailing  interest  rates  and  other  domestic  economic 
conditions. Delinquencies, repossessions and losses generally increase during economic slowdowns or recessions. 
Because of the Company’s focus on Sub-Prime Customers, the actual rates of delinquencies, repossessions and 
losses  on  such  Contracts  could  be  higher  under  adverse  economic  conditions  than  those  experienced  in  the 
automobile  finance  industry  in  general.  Any  sustained  period  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession  could 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  sell  or  securitize  pools  of  Contracts.  The  timing  of  any  economic 
changes  is  uncertain,  and  sluggish  sales  of  automobiles  and  weakness  in  the  economy  could  have  an  adverse 
effect on the Company’s business and that of the Dealers from which it purchases Contracts. 

Dependence on Performance of Securitized Contracts. Under the financial structures the Company has used to 
date  in  its  term  securitizations,  certain  excess  cash  flows  generated  by  the  Contracts  sold  in  the  term 
securitizations are used to increase overcollateralization or retained in a Spread Account within the securitization 
trusts  to  provide  liquidity  and  credit  enhancement.  While  the  specific  terms  and  mechanics  of  each  Spread 
Account vary among transactions, the Company’s Securitization Agreements generally provide that the Company 
will receive excess cash flows only if the amount of Credit Enhancement has reached specified levels and/or the 
delinquency, defaults or net losses related to the Contracts in the pool are below certain predetermined levels. In 
the event delinquencies, defaults or net losses on the Contracts exceed such levels, the terms of the securitization: 
(i)  may  require  increased  Credit  Enhancement  to  be  accumulated  for  the  particular  pool;  (ii)  may  restrict  the 
distribution to the Company of excess cash flows associated with other pools; or (iii) in certain circumstances, 
may permit the insurers to require the transfer of servicing on some or all of the Contracts to another servicer. 
Any of these conditions could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and financial condition. 

Creditworthiness  of  Consumers.  The  Company  specializes  in  the  purchase,  sale  and  servicing  of  Contracts  to 
finance  automobile  purchases  by  Sub-Prime  Customers,  which  entail  a  higher  risk  of  non-performance,  higher 
delinquencies and higher losses than Contracts with more creditworthy customers. While the Company believes 
that the underwriting criteria and collection methods it employs enable it to control the higher risks inherent in 
Contracts  with  Sub-Prime  Customers,  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  such  criteria  and  methods  will  afford 
adequate protection against such risks. The Company has experienced fluctuations in the delinquency and charge-
off  performance  of  its  Contracts.  In  the  event  that  portfolios  of  Contracts  securitized  and  serviced  by  the 
Company experience greater defaults, higher delinquencies or higher net losses than anticipated, the Company’s 
income  could  be  negatively affected.  A  larger  number  of  defaults  than anticipated  could  also  result  in  adverse 
changes in the structure of the Company's future securitization transactions, such as a requirement of increased 
cash collateral or other Credit Enhancement in such transactions. 

Probable  Increase  in  Cost  of  Funds.  The  Company’s  profitability  is  determined  by,  among  other  things,  the 
difference  between  the  rate  of  interest  charged  on  the  Contracts  purchased  by  the  Company  and  the  rate  of 
interest  payable  to  purchasers  of  Notes  issued  in  securitizations.  The  Contracts  purchased  by  the  Company 
generally bear finance charges close to or at the maximum permitted by applicable state law. The interest rates 
payable on such Notes are fixed, based on interest rates prevailing in the market at the time of sale. Consequently, 
increases in market interest rates tend to reduce the “spread” or margin between Contract finance charges and the 
interest rates required by investors and, thus, the potential operating profits to the Company from the purchase, 

42

  
 
 
 
securitization and servicing of Contracts. Operating profits expected to be earned by the Company on portfolios 
of Contracts previously securitized are insulated from the adverse effects of increasing interest rates because the 
interest  rates  on  the  related  Notes  were  fixed  at  the  time  the  Contracts  were  sold.  With  interest  rates  near 
historical lows as of the date of this report, it is reasonable to expect that interest rates will increase in the near to 
intermediate term. Any future increases in interest rates would likely increase the interest rates on Notes issued in 
future term securitizations and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and 
liquidity. 

Prepayments  and  Credit  Losses.  Gains  from  the  sale  of  Contracts  in  the  Company’s  past  securitization 
transactions structured as sales for financial accounting purposes have constituted a significant portion of the 
revenue  of  the  Company.  A  portion  of  the  gains  is  based  in  part  on  management’s  estimates  of  future 
prepayments  and  credit  losses  and  other  considerations  in  light  of  then-current  conditions.  If  actual 
prepayments with respect to Contracts occur more quickly than was projected at the time such Contracts were 
sold,  as  can  occur  when  interest  rates  decline,  or  if  credit  losses  are  greater  than  projected  at  the  time  such 
Contracts were sold, a charge to income may be required and would be taken in the period of adjustment (as 
has  been  the  case,  for  example,  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004).  If  actual  prepayments  occur  more 
slowly  or  if  net  losses  are  lower  than  estimated  with  respect  to  Contracts  sold,  total  revenue  would  exceed 
previously estimated amounts. 

Provisions for credit losses are recorded in connection with the origination and throughout the life of Contracts 
that  are  held  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  Such  provisions  are  based  on  management’s 
estimates  of  future  credit  losses  in  light  of  then-current  conditions.  If  actual  credit  losses  in  a  given  period 
exceed the allowance for credit losses, a bad debt expense during the period would be required. 

Competition. The automobile financing business is highly competitive. The Company competes with a number 
of  national,  local  and  regional  finance  companies.  In  addition,  competitors  or  potential  competitors  include 
other types of financial services companies, such as commercial banks, savings and loan associations, leasing 
companies,  credit  unions  providing  retail  loan  financing  and  lease  financing  for  new  and  used  vehicles  and 
captive finance companies affiliated with major automobile manufacturers such as General Motors Acceptance 
Corporation  and  Ford  Motor  Credit  Corporation.  Many  of  the  Company’s  competitors  and  potential 
competitors possess substantially greater financial, marketing, technical, personnel and other resources than the 
Company. Moreover, the Company’s future profitability will be directly related to the availability and cost of 
its capital relative to that of its competitors. The Company’s competitors and potential competitors include far 
larger,  more  established  companies  that  have  access  to  capital  markets  for  unsecured  commercial  paper  and 
investment  grade  rated  debt  instruments,  and  to  other  funding  sources  which  may  be  unavailable  to  the 
Company. Many of these companies also have longstanding relationships with Dealers and may provide other 
financing  to  Dealers,  including  floor  plan  financing  for  the  Dealers’  purchases  of  automobiles  from 
manufacturers, which is not offered by the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able 
to continue to compete successfully. 

Litigation.  Because of  the consumer-oriented nature  of the  industry  in  which  the  Company  operates  and  the 
application  of  certain laws and  regulations,  industry  participants are  regularly  named  as  defendants  in  class-
action litigation involving alleged violations of federal and state laws and regulations and consumer law torts, 
including fraud. Many of these actions involve alleged violations of consumer protection laws. Although the 
Company is not involved in any such material consumer protection litigation, a significant judgment against 
the  Company  or  within  the  industry  in  connection  with  any  such  litigation,  or  an  adverse  outcome  in  the 
litigation identified under the caption “Legal Proceedings” in this report, could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. 

Dependence  on  Dealers.  The  Company  is  dependent  upon  establishing  and  maintaining  relationships  with 
unaffiliated  Dealers  to  supply  it  with  Contracts.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004,  no  Dealer 
accounted  for  more  than  1.0%  of  the  Contracts  purchased  by  the  Company.  The  Dealer  Agreements  do  not 
require  Dealers  to  submit  a  minimum  number  of  Contracts  for  purchase  by  the  Company.  The  failure  of 
Dealers  to  submit  Contracts  that  meet  the  Company’s  underwriting  criteria  would  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. 

43

  
 
 
 
Government Regulations. The Company’s business is subject to numerous federal and state consumer protection 
laws and regulations, which, among other things: (i) require the Company to obtain and maintain certain licenses 
and qualifications; (ii) limit the interest rates, fees and other charges the Company is allowed to charge; (iii) limit 
or prescribe certain other terms of its Contracts; (iv) require the Company to provide specified disclosures; and 
(v)  regulate  certain  servicing  and  collection  practices  and  define  its  rights  to  repossess  and  sell  collateral.  An 
adverse change in existing laws or regulations, or in the interpretation thereof, the promulgation of any additional 
laws or regulations, or the failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.  

New Accounting Pronouncements  

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) published FASB Statement No. 123 
(revised  2004),  “Share-Based  Payment”  (“FAS  123(R)”  or  the  “Statement”).  FAS  123  (R)  requires  that  the 
compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions, including grants of employee stock options, 
be  recognized  in  financial  statements.  That  cost  will  be  measured  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  or 
liability instruments issued. FAS 123(R)  permits entities to use any option-pricing  model that meets the fair 
value  objective  in  the  Statement.  (Modifications  of  share-based  payments  will  be  treated  as  replacement 
awards with the cost of the incremental value recorded in the financial statements.) 

The Statement is effective at the beginning of the third quarter of 2005. As of the effective date, the Company 
will  apply  the  Statement  using  a  modified  version  of  prospective  application.  Under  that  transition  method, 
compensation  cost  is  recognized  for  (1)  all  awards  granted  after  the  required  effective  date  and  to  awards 
modified, cancelled, or repurchased after that date and (2) the portion of prior awards for which the requisite 
service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated for pro forma 
disclosures under SFAS 123. 

The impact of this Statement on the Company in 2005 and beyond will depend upon various factors, among 
them being our future compensation strategy. The pro forma compensation costs presented (in the table above) 
and in prior filings for the Company have been calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and may 
not be indicative of amounts that should be expected in future periods. 

In  December  2003,  the  Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee  of  the  AICPA  issued  Statement  of 
Position No. 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 
03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to 
be  collected  from  purchased  loans  or  debt  securities  if  those  differences  are  attributable,  in  part,  to  credit 
quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on 
the  present  value  of  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  with  no  carryover  of  any  valuation  allowance 
previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the 
cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected.  To  the  extent  that  the  purchased  loans  or  debt  securities  experience 
subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash 
flows  that  are  not  expected  to  be  received.  However,  if  more  cash  flows  subsequently  are  expected  to  be 
received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will 
be  effective  for  loans  and  debt  securities  acquired  after  December  31,  2004.  The  Company’s  finance 
receivables are acquired shortly after origination and there is no credit deterioration during the time between 
origination of the finance receivable and purchase by the Company. Accordingly, management does not expect 
the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Prior  to  July 2003,  the  Company  structured  its  securitization  transactions  to  meet  the  accounting  criteria  for 
sales of finance receivables. In this structure the notes issued by the Company’s special purpose subsidiary do 

44

  
 
 
 
 
 
not  appear  as  debt  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheet.  See  Critical  Accounting  Policies  for  a 
detailed discussion of the Company’s securitization structure. 

Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

Interest Rate Risk  

The  Company  is  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  during  the  period  between  when  Contracts  are  purchased  from 
Dealers and when such Contracts become part of a term securitization. Specifically, the interest rates on the 
warehouse  facilities  are  adjustable  while  the  interest  rates  on  the  Contracts  are  fixed.  Historically,  the 
Company’s  term  securitization  facilities  have  had  fixed  rates  of  interest.  To  mitigate  some  of  this  risk,  the 
Company  has  in  the  past,  and  intends  to  continue  to,  structure  certain  of  its  securitization  transactions  to 
include pre-funding structures, whereby the amount of Notes issued exceeds the amount of Contracts initially 
sold to the Trusts. In pre-funding, the proceeds from the pre-funded portion are held in an escrow account until 
the Company sells the additional Contracts to the Trust in amounts up to the balance of the pre-funded escrow 
account. In pre-funded securitizations, the Company locks in the borrowing costs with respect to the Contracts 
it subsequently delivers to the Trust. However, the Company incurs an expense in pre-funded securitizations 
equal  to  the  difference  between  the  money  market  yields  earned  on  the  proceeds  held  in  escrow  prior  to 
subsequent delivery of Contracts and the interest rate paid on the Notes outstanding, the amount as to which 
there can be no assurance. 

The  following  table  provides  information  on  the  Company’s  interest  rate-sensitive  financial  instruments  by 
expected maturity date as of December 31, 2004: 

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Thereafter

Fair Value

(In thousands)

Assets:
Finance receivables(1)………$

283,581

$

168,932

$

105,004

$

59,826

$

30,360

$

6,191

$

653,894

-

-

19,493

34,279

$
Liabilities:
Warehouse lines
$
   of credit……………………$
Residual interest
$
   financing………………… $
Securitization
$
   trust debt………………… $
   Weighted average
    effective interest rate…… $
Senior secured debt…………$
Subordinated debt……………$
_________________________ 
(1) Includes approximately $34.1 million in unfunded Contracts that are included in Restricted Cash at December 31, 2004 as a 
result of a prefunding structure. 

2.98%
34,829
1,000

3.38%
25,000
14,000

4.31%
-
-

3.93%
-
-

4.01%
-
-

4.01%
-
-

59,829
15,000

150,798

539,749

202,713

22,204

34,279

31,204

94,929

56,342

6,829

2,711

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Much of the information used to determine fair value is highly subjective. When applicable, readily available 
market  information  has  been  utilized.  However,  for  a  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  financial 
instruments,  active  markets  do  not  exist.  Therefore,  considerable  judgments  were  required  in  estimating  fair 
value for certain items. The subjective factors include, among other things, the estimated timing and amount of 
cash flows, risk characteristics, credit quality and interest rates, all of which are subject to change. Since the 
fair value is estimated as of the dates shown in the table, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid at 
settlement or maturity of the instruments could be significantly different. 

45

  
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
      
      
        
    
      
                
              
              
              
              
      
      
        
              
              
              
              
      
    
    
      
      
      
        
    
      
      
              
              
              
              
      
        
      
              
              
              
              
      
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

This report includes Consolidated Financial Statements, notes thereto and an Independent Auditors’ Report, at 
the  pages  indicated  below.  Certain  unaudited  quarterly  financial  information  is  included  in  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements, as Note 18. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

On  October  16,  2004,  the  Company  notified  KPMG  LLP  ("KPMG")  that  KPMG's  appointment  as  the 
Company's  independent  auditor  would  cease  upon  completion  of  the  review  of  the  Company's  consolidated 
financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  three-  and  nine- month  periods  ended  September  30,  2004.  The  Audit 
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the decision to terminate such appointment. 
KPMG's audit reports on the Company's financial statements for the most recent two fiscal years, which ended 
December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor 
were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.  

On November 15, 2004, KPMG completed its review of the Company's consolidated financial statements as of 
and for the three- and nine- month periods ended September 30, 2004. KPMG's appointment as the Company's 
independent auditor ended at that time. On November 23, 2004 the Company engaged McGladrey & Pullen, 
LLP  to  perform  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  of  and  for  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2004. 

In connection with its audits of the Company's financial statements for the two most recent fiscal years, ended 
December 31, 2002 and 2003, and through November 15, 2004:  

a) there were no disagreements between the Company and KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or 
practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved 
to  KPMG's  satisfaction,  would  have  caused  KPMG  to  make  reference  to  the  subject  matter  of  the 
disagreements in connection with its opinions on the financial statements; and  

b) there were no reportable events (as specified in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Quarterly Evaluation of the Company’s Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls  

The Company maintains a system of internal controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance 
as to the reliability of its published financial statements and other disclosures included in this report. As of the 
end of the period covered by this report, The Company evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation 
of such disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the principal executive officer (Charles 
E. Bradley, Jr.) and the principal financial officer (Robert E. Riedl) concluded that the disclosure controls and 
procedures  are  effective  in  recording,  processing,  summarizing  and  reporting,  on  a  timely  basis,  material 
information  relating  to  the  Company  that  is  required  to  be  included  in  its  reports  filed  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934. There have been no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting 
during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

46

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CEO and CFO Certifications  

Immediately  following  the  Signatures  section  of  this  Annual  Report,  there  are  two  separate  forms  of 
“Certifications”  of  the  CEO  and  the  CFO.  The  first  form  of  Certification  (the  Rule 13a-14  Certification)  is 
required  by  Rule 13a-14  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  This  Controls  and 
Procedures section of the Annual Report includes the information concerning the Controls Evaluation referred 
to in the Rule 13a-14 Certifications and it should be read in conjunction with the Rule 13a-14 Certifications for 
a more complete understanding of the topics presented.  

Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls  

Disclosure Controls are procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports 
filed under  the  Exchange  Act,  such as  this  Annual  Report,  is  recorded,  processed, summarized  and  reported 
within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  (the  “SEC”)  rules  and 
forms.  Disclosure  Controls  are  also  designed  to  ensure  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding required disclosure. Internal Controls are procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that 
(1) our  transactions  are properly  authorized;  (2) our  assets  are  safeguarded  against  unauthorized  or  improper 
use;  and  (3) our  transactions  are  properly  recorded  and  reported,  all  to  permit  the  preparation  of  our 
Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls  

The  Company’s  management, including the  CEO and CFO,  does  not  expect  that our  Disclosure  Controls  or 
our Internal Controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. 
Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits 
of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, 
no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, 
within  the  Company  have  been  detected.  These  inherent  limitations  include  the  realities  that  judgments  in 
decision-making  can  be  faulty,  and  that  breakdowns  can  occur  because  of  simple  error  or  mistake.  Controls 
can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by 
management  override  of  the  controls.  The  design  of  any  system  of  controls  is  based  in  part  upon  certain 
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed 
in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with its policies or procedures. 
Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may 
occur and not be detected.  

Scope of the Controls Evaluation  

The  evaluation  of  our  Disclosure  Controls  and  our  Internal  Controls  included  a  review  of  the  controls' 
objectives  and  design,  the  Company’s  implementation  of  the  controls  and  the  effect  of  the  controls  on  the 
information generated for use in this Annual Report. In the course of the Controls Evaluation, we sought to 
identify  data  errors,  controls  problems  or  acts  of  fraud  and  confirm  that  appropriate  corrective  actions, 
including process improvements, were being undertaken. This type of evaluation is performed on a quarterly 
basis so that the conclusions of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning controls effectiveness 
can  be  reported  in  our  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form 10-Q  and  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K.  Our  Internal 
Controls  are  also  evaluated  by  other  personnel  in  our  organization,  as  well  as  independent  interested  third 

47

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
parties  such  as  financial  guaranty  insurers  or  their  designees.  The  overall  goals  of  these  various  evaluation 
activities are to monitor our Disclosure Controls and our Internal Controls, and to modify them as necessary; 
our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls and the Internal Controls as dynamic systems that change as 
conditions warrant.  

Among  other  matters,  we  sought  in  our  evaluation  to  determine  whether  there  were  any  “significant 
deficiencies”  or  “material  weaknesses”  in  the  Company’s  Internal  Controls,  and  whether  the  Company  had 
identified  any  acts  of  fraud  involving  personnel  with  a  significant  role  in  the  Company’s  Internal  Controls. 
This information was important both for the Controls Evaluation generally, and because items 5 and 6 in the 
Rule 13a-14 Certifications of the CEO and CFO require that the CEO and CFO disclose that information to our 
Board’s  Audit  Committee  and  our  independent  auditors,  and  report  on  related  matters  in  this  section  of  the 
Annual  Report.  In  professional  auditing  literature,  “significant  deficiencies”  are  referred  to  as  “reportable 
conditions,”  which  are  control  issues  that  could  have  a  significant  adverse  effect  on  the  ability  to  record, 
process,  summarize  and  report  financial  data  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Auditing  literature 
defines “material weakness” as a particularly serious reportable condition where the internal control does not 
reduce to a relatively low level the risk that misstatements caused by error or fraud may occur in amounts that 
would  be  material  in  relation  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  risk  that  such  misstatements 
would not be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned 
functions. We also sought to deal with other controls matters in the Controls Evaluation, and in each case if a 
problem  was identified, we considered what revision, improvement and/or correction to make in accordance 
with our ongoing procedures.  

From  the  date  of  the  Controls  Evaluation  to  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report,  there  have  been  no  significant 
changes in Internal Controls or in other factors that could significantly affect Internal Controls, including any 
corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.  

Conclusions  

Based upon the Controls Evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, subject to the limitations noted 
above, our Disclosure Controls are effective to ensure that material information relating to Consumer Portfolio 
Services, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, 
particularly during the period when our periodic reports are being prepared, and that our Internal Controls are 
effective  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are  fairly  presented  in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

48

  
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers  

Information regarding directors of the registrant is incorporated by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy 
statement for its annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2005 (the “2005 Proxy Statement”). The 2005 
Proxy  Statement  will  be  filed  not  later  than  April  30,  2005.  Information  regarding  executive  officers  of  the 
registrant appears in Part I of this report, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation  

Incorporated by reference to the 2005 Proxy Statement.  

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management  

Incorporated by reference to the 2005 Proxy Statement.  

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions  

Incorporated by reference to the 2005 Proxy Statement.  

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Incorporated by reference to the 2005 Proxy Statement. 

49

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports On Form 8K  

(a) The financial statements listed above under the caption “Index to Financial Statements” are filed as a part 
of  this  report.  No  financial  statement  schedules  are  filed  as  the  required  information  is  inapplicable  or  the 
information  is  presented  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  or  the  related  notes.  Separate  financial 
statements  of  the  Company  have  been  omitted  as  the  Company  is  primarily  an  operating  company  and  its 
subsidiaries  are  wholly  owned  and  do  not  have  minority  equity  interests  and/or  indebtedness  to  any  person 
other than the Company in amounts which together exceed 5% of the total consolidated assets as shown by the 
most recent year-end Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this report, whether filed herewith or incorporated by reference to 
an exhibit filed with the report identified in the parentheses following the description of such exhibit. Unless 
otherwise indicated, each such identified report was filed by or with respect to the registrant. 

                                                        Description 

Exhibit
Number 

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.5.1 

4.5.2 

4.5.3 

4.5.4 

4.6 

4.7 

4.8 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 18, 2001, by and among the Registrant, CPS Mergersub, Inc. 
and MFN Financial Corporation. (Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2001 by MFN Financial Corporation). 

Restated Articles of Incorporation  (Form 10-KSB dated December 31, 1995) 

Amended and Restated Bylaws  (Form 10-K dated December 31, 1997) 

Indenture re Rising Interest Subordinated Redeemable Securities (“RISRS”)  (Form 8-K filed December 26, 1995) 

First Supplemental Indenture re RISRS  (Form 8-K filed December 26, 1995) 

Form of Indenture re 10.50% Participating Equity Notes (“PENs”)  (Form S-3, no. 333-21289) 

Form of First Supplemental Indenture re PENs  (Form S-3, no. 333-21289) 

Third Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of January 29, 2004, between the 
registrant and Levine Leichtman Capital Partners II, L.P. (“LLCP”) (Schedule 13D filed by LLCP with 
respect to the registrant on February 3, 2004) 

Amendment to the Agreement filed as Exhibit 4.5, dated as of March 25, 2004. (Schedule 13D filed by 
LLCP with respect to the registrant on June 4, 2004) 
Amendment to the Agreement filed as Exhibit 4.5, dated as of April 2, 2004. (Schedule 13D filed by 
LLCP with respect to the registrant on June 4, 2004) 
Amendment to the Agreement filed as Exhibit 4.5, dated as of May 28, 2004. (Schedule 13D filed by 
LLCP with respect to the registrant on June 4, 2004) 
Amendment to the Agreement filed as Exhibit 4.5, dated as of June 25, 2004. (Schedule 13D filed by 
LLCP with respect to the registrant on June 29, 2004) 

Secured Senior Note due February 28, 2003 issued by the Registrant to Levine Leichtman Capital Partners II, L.P. 
(Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2002). 

Second  Amended  and  Restated Secured  Senior Note  due  November  30,  2003  issued  by  the  Registrant  to  Levine 
Leichtman Capital Partners II, L.P. (Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2002). 

12.00% Secured Senior Note due 2008 issued by the Registrant to Levine Leichtman Capital Partners II, L.P. (Form 
8-K filed on March 25, 2002). 

50

  
 
 
 
 
 
4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 

4.13 

4.14 

Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  1,  2002,  among  the  Registrant,  CPS  Auto  Receivables  Trust 
2002-A,  CPS  Receivables  Corp.,  Systems  &  Services  Technologies,  Inc.  and  Bank  One  Trust  Company,  N.A. 
(Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2002). 

Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2002, between CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2002-A and Bank One Trust Company, 
N.A.  (Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2002). 

Third  Amended  and  Restated  Secured  Senior  Note  Due  2005  (Schedule  13D  filed  by  LLCP  with  respect  to  the 
registrant on February 3, 2004) 

Amended  and  Restated  Secured  Senior  Note  (Schedule  13D  filed  by  LLCP  with  respect  to  the  registrant  on 
February 3, 2004) 

11.75% Secured Senior Note Due 2006 (Schedule 13D filed by LLCP with respect to the registrant on February 3, 
2004) 

11.75% Secured Senior Note Due 2006 (Schedule 13D filed by LLCP with respect to the registrant on February 3, 
2004) 

10.1 

1991 Stock Option Plan & forms of Option Agreements thereunder  (Form 10-KSB dated March 31, 1994) 

10.2 

1997 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan  (Form 10-K filed March 10, 1998)  (amendment thereto, adopted April 26, 
2004, to be filed by amendment) 

10.3 

Lease Agreement re Chesapeake Collection Facility  (Form 10-K dated December 31, 1996) 

10.4 

Lease of Headquarters Building  (Form 10-Q dated September 30, 1997) 

10.5 

Partially Convertible Subordinated Note  (Form 10-Q dated September 30, 1997) 

10.13 

FSA Warrant Agreement dated November 30, 1998  (Form 10-K dated December 31, 1998) 

10.29 

Warrant to Purchase 1,335,000 Shares of Common Stock  (Schedule 13D filed on April 21, 1999) 

10.31 

Agreement dated May 29, 1999 for Sale of Contracts on a Flow Basis  (Form 10-Q dated June 30, 1999) 

10.32 

Amendment to Master Spread Account Agreement  (Form 10-K dated December 31, 1999) 

21 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant 

23.1 

Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP (filed herewith) 

23.2 

Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP (filed herewith) 

(b) Reports on Form 8-K  

The Company filed three reports on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2004: 

Date 
Report 

of 

Date Filed 

Item(s) reported 

September 
30, 2004 

October  16, 
2004 

October 6, 2004 

items 1.01, 2.03, and 9.01 

October 21, 2004 

items 4.01 and 9.01  

(amended  October  26, 
2004) 

51

  
 
 
 
 
November 
15, 2004 

November 19, 2004 

items 4.01, 7.01, and 9.01 

No financial statements were filed with or as a part of any of such reports 

Signatures and Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer 

The  following  pages  include  the  Signatures  page  for  this  Form 10-K,  and  two  separate  Certifications  of  the 
Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of the company.  

The first form of Certification is required by Rule 13a-14 (the Rule 13a-14 Certification) under the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  The  Rule 13a-14  Certification  includes  references  to  an 
evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the  Company’s  “disclosure  controls  and 
procedures” and its “internal controls and procedures for financial reporting.” Item 14 of Part III of this Annual 
Report presents the conclusions of the CEO and the CFO about the effectiveness of such controls based on and 
as of the date of such evaluation (relating to Item 4 of the Rule 13a-14 Certification), and contains additional 
information concerning disclosures to the company’s Audit Committee and independent auditors with regard 
to deficiencies in internal controls and fraud (Item 5 of the Rule 13a-14 Certification) and related matters (Item 
6 of the Rule 13a-14 Certification).  

The  second  form  of  Certification  is  required  by  section 1350  of  chapter  63  of  title  18  of  the  United  States 
Code. 

52

  
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. (registrant) 

March 28, 2005 

By: 

/s/ Charles E. Bradley, Jr. 
Charles E. Bradley, Jr., President 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

March 28, 2005 

/s/ Charles E. Bradley, Jr. 
Charles E. Bradley, Jr., Director,  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Thomas L. Chrystie 
Thomas L. Chrystie, Director 

/s/ E. Bruce Fredrikson 
E. Bruce Fredrikson, Director 

/s/ John E. McConnaughy, Jr. 
John E. McConnaughy, Jr., Director 

/s/ John G. Poole 
John G. Poole, Director 

/s/ William B. Roberts 
William B. Roberts, Director 

/s/ John C. Warner 
John C. Warner, Director 

/s/ Daniel S. Wood 
Daniel S. Wood, Director 

/s/ Robert E. Riedl 
Robert E. Riedl, Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

/s/ Denesh Bharwani 
Denesh Bharwani, Controller 

53

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Charles E. Bradley, Jr., certify that:  

CERTIFICATION  

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.;  

2.    Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  annual  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;  

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  for  the  registrant  and 
have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the 
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the 
registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions):  

(a)    all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely 
affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial  data  and  have 
identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and  

(b)    any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and  

6.    The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  indicated  in  this  annual  report  whether  there  were 
significant  changes  in  internal  controls  or  in  other  factors  that  could  significantly  affect  internal  controls 
subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant 
deficiencies and material weaknesses.  

March 28, 2005 

By: 

/s/ Charles E. Bradley, Jr. 
Charles E. Bradley, Jr.  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

54

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Robert E. Riedl, certify that:  

CERTIFICATION 

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.;  

2.    Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  annual  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;  

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  for  the  registrant  and 
have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the 
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the 
registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions):  

(a)    all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely 
affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial  data  and  have 
identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and  

(b)    any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and  

6.    The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  indicated  in  this  annual  report  whether  there  were 
significant  changes  in  internal  controls  or  in  other  factors  that  could  significantly  affect  internal  controls 
subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant 
deficiencies and material weaknesses.  

March 28, 2005 

By: 

/s/ Robert E. Riedl 
Robert E. Riedl, Chief Financial Officer 

55

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION  

Each  of  the  undersigned  hereby  certifies,  for  the  purposes  of  section 1350  of  chapter  63  of  title  18  of  the 
United States Code, in his capacity as an officer of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc., that, to his knowledge, 
the  Annual  Report  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  on  Form 10-K  for  the  period  ended  December 31, 
2004, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that 
the  information  contained  in  such  report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.  

March 28, 2005 

By: 

/s/ Charles E. Bradley, Jr. 
Charles E. Bradley, Jr. 
President and Chief Executive Officer  

March 28, 2005 

By: 

/s/ Robert E. Riedl 
Robert E. Riedl, Chief Financial Officer 

56

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – McGladrey & Pullen LLP ......................

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – KPMG, LLP ...........................................

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 ..........................................................

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 ........

Page 

Reference 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 

2004, 2003, and 2002..........................................................................................................................

F-6 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 

and 2002 .............................................................................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 .......

F-7 

F-8 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 

2002 ....................................................................................................................................................

F-10 

 
 
 
 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors  

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive 
income  (loss),  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These  consolidated  financial 
statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes 
examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as 
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the 
results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP 

Irvine, California 
March 16, 2005, except for the last paragraph of note 8 as to which the date is March 22, 2005. 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors  

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period 
ended  December  31,  2003.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on 
our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes 
examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as 
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003, and the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 
2003, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Orange County, California 
March 15, 2004 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

December 31,
2004

December 31,
2003

ASSETS
Cash 
Restricted cash 

Finance receivables
Less: Allowance for finance credit losses
Finance receivables, net

Servicing fees receivable
Residual interest in securitizations
Furniture and equipment, net
Deferred financing costs 
Accrued interest receivable
Other assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Warehouse lines of credit
Tax liabilities, net
Notes payable
Residual interest financing
Securitization trust debt
Senior secured debt
Subordinated debt
Related party debt 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock, $1 par value;
   authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued
Series A preferred stock, $1 par value;
   authorized 5,000,000 shares;
   3,415,000 shares issued; none outstanding
Common stock, no par value; authorized
   30,000,000 shares; 21,471,478 and 20,588,924
   shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and
   December 31, 2003, respectively
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Deferred compensation 

$

$

$

$

$

$

14,366
125,113

592,806
(42,615)
550,191

2,791
50,430
1,567
5,096
6,411
10,634
766,599

18,153
34,279
2,978
1,421
22,204
542,815
59,829
15,000
-
696,679

-

-

66,283
5,104
(1,017)
(450)
69,920

33,209
67,277

302,078
(35,889)
266,189

3,942
111,702
826
1,529
2,901
4,895
492,470

22,920
33,709
2,768
3,330
-
245,118
49,965
35,000
17,500
410,310

-

-

64,397
20,992
(2,426)
(803)
82,160

$

766,599

$

492,470

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-4 

 
 
 
                  
                  
                
                  
                
                
                 
                 
                
                
                    
                    
                  
                
                    
                       
                    
                    
                    
                    
                  
                    
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                    
                    
                    
                    
                  
                           
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                           
                  
                
                
                           
                           
                           
                           
                  
                  
                    
                  
                  
                  
                     
                     
                  
                  
                
                
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Revenues:
Net gain on sale of contracts
Interest income 
Servicing fees
Other income

Expenses:
Employee costs
General and administrative 
Interest
Provision for credit losses
Impairment loss on residual asset
Marketing
Occupancy
Depreciation and amortization

Income (loss) before income tax benefit
Income tax benefit
Income (loss) before extraordinary item
Extraordinary item, unallocated negative goodwill
Net income (loss)

Earnings (loss) per share before extraordinary item:
  Basic 
  Diluted

Earnings per share, extraordinary item:
  Basic 
  Diluted

Earnings (loss) per share after extraordinary item:
  Basic 
  Diluted

Number of shares used in computing
earnings (loss) per share:
  Basic 
  Diluted

Year Ended December 31,
2003

2004

2002

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

-
105,818
12,480
14,394
132,692

10,421
58,164
17,058
19,343
104,986

38,173
21,293
32,147
32,574
11,750
8,338
3,520
785
148,580
(15,888)
-
(15,888)
-
(15,888)

(0.75)
(0.75)

-
-

(0.75)
(0.75)

$

$

$

$

37,141
21,271
23,861
11,390
4,052
5,380
3,930
1,000
108,025
(3,039)
(3,434)
395
-
395

0.02
0.02

-
-

0.02
0.02

$

$

$

$

21,518
48,644
14,621
13,605
98,388

37,778
20,131
23,925
-
5,074
6,253
4,027
1,138
98,326
62
(2,934)
2,996
17,412
20,408

0.15
0.14

0.87
0.83

1.03
0.97

21,111
21,111

20,263
21,578

19,902
20,987

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-5 

 
 
                
      
      
    
      
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
      
      
      
    
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
                
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
           
        
        
    
    
      
     
       
             
                
       
       
     
           
        
                
                
      
     
           
      
         
          
          
 
         
 
          
 
          
            
            
          
 
            
 
            
 
          
         
          
          
 
         
 
          
 
          
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

(In thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,
2003

2004

2002

Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Minimum pension liability, net of tax
Comprehensive income (loss)

$

$

(15,888)

1,409
(14,479)

$

$

395

(832)
(437)

$

$

20,408

(1,594)
18,814

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-6 

 
 
 
     
           
      
 
        
 
          
 
       
     
          
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(In thousands) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Balance at December 31, 2001

19,281

$

61,874

$

-

Deferred
Compensation
$
(377)

Retained
Earnings

Total

$

189

$

61,686

Common stock issued upon exercise
  of options, including tax benefit
Purchase of common stock
Pension benefit obligation
Increase in deferred compensation  
   on stock options
Amortization of stock compensation
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2002

Common stock issued upon exercise
  of options, including tax benefit
Purchase of common stock
Pension benefit obligation
Repurchase of warrants issued
Increase in deferred compensation  
   on stock options
Amortization of stock compensation
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2003

Common stock issued upon exercise
  of options, including tax benefit
Common stock issued upon
   conversion of debt
Purchase of common stock
Pension benefit obligation
Increase in deferred compensation  
   on stock options
Amortization of stock compensation
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2004

1,255
(8)
-

-
-
-
20,528

609
(548)
-
-

-
-
-
20,589

575

333
(26)
-

893
(15)
-

1,177
-
-
63,929

974
(1,195)
-
(896)

1,585
-
-
64,397

.

.

1,079

1,000
(111)
-

-
-
(1,594)

-
-
-
(1,594)

-
-
(832)
-

-
-
-
(2,426)

-

-
-
1,409

-
-
-

(1,177)
1,196
-
(358)

-
-
-
-

(1,585)
1,140
-
(803)

-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
20,408
20,597

-
-
-
-

-
-
395
20,992

-

-
-
-

893
(15)
(1,594)

-
1,196
20,408
82,574

974
(1,195)
(832)
(896)

-
1,140
395
82,160

1,079

1,000
(111)
1,409

-
-
-
21,471

$

(82)
-
-
66,283

$

-
-
-
(1,017)

$

82
271
-
(450)

$

-
-
(15,888)
5,104

$

-
271
(15,888)
69,920

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-7 

 
 
 
       
       
                   
           
            
       
         
            
                   
                 
                 
            
               
             
                   
                 
                 
             
                 
                 
          
                 
                 
        
                 
         
                   
        
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
         
                 
         
                 
                 
                   
                 
       
       
       
       
          
           
       
       
            
            
                   
                 
                 
            
           
        
                   
                 
                 
        
                 
                 
             
                 
                 
           
                 
           
                   
                 
                 
           
                 
         
                   
        
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
         
                 
         
                 
                 
                   
                 
            
            
       
       
          
           
       
       
            
         
                   
                 
                 
         
            
         
                   
                 
                 
         
             
           
                   
                 
                 
           
                 
                 
           
                 
                 
         
                 
             
                   
              
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
            
                 
            
                 
                 
                   
                 
      
      
       
       
          
           
         
       
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss) 
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
     Reversal of restructuring accrual
     Impairment loss on residual asset
     Amortization of deferred acquisition fees
     Amortization of discount on Class B Notes
     Extraordinary gain, excess of assets acquired over purchase price
     Depreciation and amortization
     Amortization of deferred financing costs
     Provision for credit losses
     NIR (gains) losses recognized on sale of contracts
     Write off of related party debt
     Deferred compensation
     Releases of cash from Trusts to Company
     Initial deposits to Trusts
     Net deposits to Trusts to increase Credit Enhancement
     Interest income on residual assets
     Cash received from retained interests
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
       Payments on restructuring accrual
       Restricted cash
       Purchases of contracts held for sale
       Proceeds received on contracts held for sale
       Other assets
       Accounts payable and accrued expenses
       Tax liabilities, net

          Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchases of finance receivables held for investment
   Purchases of note receivable
   Proceeds received on finance receivables held for investment
   Purchase of furniture and equipment
   Purchase of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

          Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from issuance of residual financing debt
   Proceeds from issuance of securitization trust debt
   Proceeds from issuance of senior secured debt
   Net proceeds from warehouse lines of credit
   Repayment of residual interest financing debt
   Repayment of securitization trust debt
   Repayment of senior secured debt
   Repayment of subordinated debt
   Repayment of notes payable
   Repayment of related party debt
   Payment of financing costs
   Repurchase of common stock
   Repurchase of warrants issued
   Exercise of options and warrants
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash

Cash at beginning of period
Cash at end of period

Year Ended December 31,
2003

2002

2004

$

(15,888)

$

395

$

20,408

(1,287)
11,750
(6,725)
588
-
785
3,479
32,574
-
-
271
21,357
-
(2,858)
(4,633)
54,154

(1,969)
(76,336)
-
-
(5,415)
715
(606)

9,956

(505,977)
(2,799)
196,126
(1,408)
-

(314,058)

44,000
474,720
25,000
570
(21,796)
(177,611)
(15,137)
(20,000)
(1,909)
(16,500)
(7,046)
(111)
-
1,079
285,259

(18,843)

33,209
14,366

$

$

-
4,052
(870)
-
-
1,000
2,695
11,916
(4,381)
-
1,140
25,934
(18,736)
(20,867)
(16,178)
45,644

(1,804)
(30,641)
(182,045)
283,423
6,936
(1,559)
(7,162)

98,892

(175,275)
-
6,611
(93)
(10,181)

(178,938)

-
154,375
25,000
31,332
-
(96,484)
(25,107)
(1,000)
(3,748)
-
(2,553)
(1,195)
(896)
584
80,308

262

32,947
33,209

$

-
5,074
-
-
(17,412)
1,138
4,547
2,639
(16,873)
669
1,196
60,393
(16,749)
(24,236)
(15,392)
19,202

(3,274)
17,940
(463,253)
566,124
5,021
(12,839)
12,570

146,893

-
-
-
(285)
(29,467)

(29,752)

-
-
46,242
-
-
(85,293)
(22,170)
(23,489)
(1,326)
-
(1,037)
(15)
-
324
(86,764)

30,377

2,570
32,947

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-8 

 
    
            
     
      
                
               
     
         
       
      
           
               
           
                
               
                
                
    
           
         
       
        
         
       
     
       
       
                
        
    
                
                
          
           
         
       
     
       
     
                
      
    
      
      
    
      
      
    
     
       
     
      
        
      
    
      
     
                
    
  
                
     
   
      
         
       
           
        
    
          
        
     
        
       
   
  
    
               
      
                
               
   
         
               
      
            
         
                
      
    
  
    
    
     
                
               
   
     
               
     
       
     
           
       
               
    
                
               
  
      
    
    
      
    
    
        
    
      
        
      
    
                
               
      
        
      
          
        
           
                
           
               
        
            
          
   
       
    
    
            
     
     
       
       
     
       
     
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,
2003

2004

2002

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
   Cash paid (received) during the period for:
        Interest
        Income taxes
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
      Stock-based compensation
      Conversion of related party debt to common stock
      Pension benefit obligation, net
      Deferred income taxes
      Purchase of common stock with notes

$

$

$

$

28,228
420

271
(1,000)
(1,409)
-
-

$

$

18,677
3,728

1,140
-
832
944
-

19,255
(15,565)

1,196
-
1,594
1,632
479

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-9 

 
     
     
     
          
       
    
          
       
       
      
               
               
      
          
       
               
          
       
               
               
          
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Description of Business  

Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  (“CPS”)  was  incorporated  in  California  on  March  8,  1991.  CPS  and  its 
subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Company”)  specialize  in  purchasing,  selling  and  servicing  retail  automobile 
installment  sale  contracts  (“Contracts”)  originated  by  licensed  motor  vehicle  dealers  (“Dealers”)  located 
throughout the United States. The Company specializes in Contracts with obligors who generally would not be 
expected  to  qualify  for  traditional  financing,  such  as  that  provided  by  commercial  banks  or  automobile 
manufacturers’ captive finance companies. 

Acquisitions 

On  March  8,  2002,  the  Company  acquired  MFN  Financial  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a  merger  (the 
“MFN  Merger”).  On  May  20,  2003,  the  Company  acquired  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a 
second merger (the “TFC Merger”). Each merger was accounted for as a purchase. MFN Financial Corporation 
and  its  subsidiaries  (“MFN”)  and  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (“TFC”)  were  engaged  in 
businesses  similar  to  that  of  the  Company:  buying  Contracts  from  Dealers,  repackaging  those  Contracts  in 
securitization  transactions,  and  servicing  those  Contracts.  MFN  ceased  acquiring  Contracts  in  March  2002; 
TFC continues to acquire Contracts under its “TFC Programs.”  

On  April  2,  2004,  the  Company  purchased  a  portfolio  of  Contracts  and  certain  other  assets  (the  “SeaWest 
Asset Acquisition”) from SeaWest Financial Corporation (“SeaWest”). In addition, the Company was named 
the successor servicer for three term securitization transactions originally sponsored by SeaWest (the “SeaWest 
Third Party Portfolio”). The Company does not intend to offer financing programs similar to those previously 
offered by SeaWest. 

Recent Developments 

In  July  2003,  the  Company  agreed  with  the  other  parties  to  its  continuous,  or  “warehouse”,  securitization 
facilities  to  amend  the  terms  of  such  facilities.  The  effect  of  the  amendments  was  to  cause  use  of  those 
facilities for Contracts purchased in July 2003 and in the future to be treated for financial accounting purposes 
as borrowings secured by pledged Contracts, rather than as sales of such Contracts. 

In  addition,  the  Company  announced  in  August  2003  that  it  would  structure  its  future  term  securitization 
transactions  so  that  they  will  be  treated  for  financial  accounting  purposes  as  borrowings  secured  by 
receivables, rather than as sales of receivables. The new structure for the warehouse facilities described in the 
preceding paragraph and the intended future structure of the Company’s term securitizations has affected and 
will  affect  the  way  in  which  the  transactions  are  reported.  The  major  effects  are  these:  (i)  the  finance 
receivables will be shown as assets of the Company on its balance sheet; (ii) the debt issued in the transactions 
will be shown as indebtedness of the Company; (iii) cash deposited to enhance the credit of the securitization 
transactions  will  be  shown  as  “restricted  cash”  on  the  Company’s  balance  sheet;  (iv)  cash  collected  from 
borrowers  and  other  sources  related  to  the  receivables  prior  to  making  the  required  payments  under  the 
warehouse and term securitization transactions is also shown as “restricted cash” on the Company’s balance 
sheet; (v) the servicing fee that the Company receives in connection with such receivables will be recorded as a 
portion of the interest earned on such receivables in the Company’s statements of operations; (vi) the Company 
will initially and periodically record as expense a provision for estimated credit losses on the receivables in the 
Company’s statements of operations; and (vii) the portion of scheduled payments on the receivables and debt 
representing interest will be recorded as interest income and interest expense in the Company’s statements of 
operations. 

F-10 

 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

These  changes  collectively  represent  a  deferral  of  revenue  and  acceleration  of  expenses,  and  thus  a  more 
conservative  approach  to  accounting  for  the  Company’s  operations  compared  to  the  previous  term 
securitization  transactions  which  were  accounted  for  as  sales  at  the  consummation  of  the  transaction.  The 
changes have resulted in the Company reporting lower earnings than it would have reported if it had continued 
structuring its securitizations to require recognition of gain on sale. 

Principles of Consolidation  

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  and  its 
wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  certain  of  which  are  Special  Purpose  Subsidiaries  (“SPS”),  formed  to 
accommodate  the  structures  under  which  the  Company  purchases  and  securitizes  its  Contracts.  The 
Consolidated Financial Statements also include the accounts of CPS Leasing, Inc., an 80% owned subsidiary. 
All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with 
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and 
due  from  banks  and  money  market  accounts.  The  Company’s  cash  is  primarily  deposited  at  three  financial 
institutions. The Company periodically maintains cash due from banks in excess of the bank’s insured deposit 
limits. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on these deposits. As part of 
certain  financial  covenants  related  to  debt  facilities,  the  Company  is  required  to  maintain  a  minimum 
unrestricted cash balance. 

Finance Receivables, net of unearned income  

Finance receivables are presented at cost. All Finance receivable Contracts are held for investment and include 
automobile  installment  sales  contracts  on  which  interest  is pre-computed  and added  to  the amount  financed. 
The  interest  on  such  Contracts  is  included  in  unearned  finance  charges.  Unearned  finance  charges  are 
amortized  using  the  interest  method  over  the  remaining  period  to  contractual  maturity.  Generally,  payments 
received on finance receivables are restricted to certain securitized pools, and the related Contracts cannot be 
resold. Finance receivables are charged off pursuant to the controlling documents of certain securitized pools, 
generally before they become contractually delinquent five payments. Contracts that are deemed uncollectible 
prior  to  the  maximum  delinquency  period  are  charged  off  immediately.  Management  may  authorize  an 
extension of payment terms if collection appears likely during the next calendar month. 

The Company’s portfolio of finance receivables is comprised of smaller-balance homogeneous Contracts that 
are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment  on  a  portfolio  basis.  The  Company  reports  delinquency  on  a 
contractual basis. Once a Contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent, the Company does not recognize 
additional interest income until the borrower under the Contract makes sufficient payments to be less than 90 
days delinquent. Any payments received by a borrower that is greater than 90 days delinquent is first applied to 
accrued interest and then to principal reduction. 

Allowance for Finance Credit Losses  

In order to estimate an appropriate allowance for losses to be incurred on finance receivables, the Company 
uses  a  loss  allowance  methodology  commonly  referred  to  as  “static  pooling,”  which  stratifies  its  finance 
receivable  portfolio  into  separately  identified  pools.  Using  analytical  and  formula  driven  techniques,  the 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Company  estimates  an  allowance  for  finance  credit  losses,  which  management  believes  is  adequate  for 
probable  credit  losses  that  can  be  reasonably  estimated  in  its  portfolio  of  finance  receivable  Contracts. 
Provision for loss is charged to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. Net losses incurred on 
finance  receivables  are  charged  to  the  allowance.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  by 
examining current delinquencies, the characteristics of the portfolio, the value of the underlying collateral and 
historical  loss  trends.  As  conditions  change,  the  Company’s  level  of  provisioning  and/or  allowance  may 
change as well. 

Contract Acquisition Fees  

Upon  purchase  of  a  Contract  from  a  Dealer,  the  Company  generally  charges  or  advances  the  Dealer  an 
acquisition  fee.  For  Contracts  securitized  in  pools  which  were  structured  as  sales  for  financial  accounting 
purposes,  the  acquisition  fees  associated  with  Contract  purchases  were  deferred  until  the  Contracts  were 
securitized, at which time the deferred acquisition fees were recognized as a component of the gain on sale. 
For  Contracts  purchased  and  securitized  in  pools  which  are  structured  as  secured  financings  for  financial 
accounting  purposes,  the  acquisition  fees  associated  with  Contract  purchases  are  deferred  and  recognized  as 
interest income over the life of the Contracts on a level yield basis. The Company also charged the purchaser 
an origination fee for those Contracts that were sold on a flow basis. Those fees were recognized at the time 
the Contracts were sold and were also a component of the gain on sale. 

Repossessed Assets  

If a customer fails to make or keep promises for payments, or if the customer is uncooperative or attempts to 
evade  contact  or  hide  the  vehicle,  a  supervisor  will  review  the  collection  activity  relating  to  the  account  to 
determine if repossession of the vehicle is warranted. Generally, such a decision will occur between the 45th 
and 90th day past the customer’s payment due date, but could occur sooner or later, depending on the specific 
circumstances. At the time the vehicle is repossessed the Company will stop accruing interest in this Contract, 
and reclassify the remaining Contract balance to other assets. In addition the Company will apply a specific 
reserve to this Contract so that the net balance represents the estimated fair value less costs to sell. 

Flow Purchase Program  

Through May 2002, the Company purchased Contracts for immediate and outright resale to non-affiliated third 
parties. The Company sold such Contracts for a  mark-up above what the Company paid the Dealer. In such 
sales,  the  Company  made  certain  representations  and  warranties  to  the  purchasers,  normal  in  the  industry, 
which  related  primarily  to  the  legality  of  the  sale  of  the  underlying  motor  vehicle  and  to  the  validity  of  the 
security interest being conveyed to the purchaser. Those representations and warranties were generally similar 
to the representations and warranties given by the originating Dealer to the Company. In the event of a breach 
of  such  representations  or  warranties,  the  Company  may  incur  liabilities  in  favor  of  the  purchaser(s)  of  the 
Contracts  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  would  be  able  to  recover,  in  turn,  against  the 
originating Dealer(s). 

Treatment of Securitizations  

Gain on sale may be recognized on the disposition of Contracts either outright or in securitization transactions. 
In those securitization transactions that were treated as sales for financial accounting purposes, the Company, 
or  a  wholly-owned,  consolidated  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  retains  a  residual  interest  in  the  Contracts  that 
were  sold  to  a  wholly-owned,  unconsolidated  special  purpose  subsidiary.  The  Company’s  securitization 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

transactions  include  “term”  securitizations  (the  purchaser  holds  the  Contracts  for  substantially  their  entire 
term)  and  “continuous”  or  “warehouse”  securitizations  (which  finance  the  acquisition  of  the  Contracts  for 
future sale into term securitizations). 

As  of  December  31,  2004  and  2003  the  line  item  “Residual  interest  in  securitizations”  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  represents  the  residual  interests  in  certain  term  securitizations  but  no  residual 
interest  in  warehouse  securitizations,  because  the  Company’s  warehouse  securitizations  were  restructured  in 
July  2003  as  secured  financings.  All  subsequent  term  securitizations  were  also  structured  as  secured 
financings. The warehouse securitizations are accordingly reflected in the line items “Finance receivables” and 
“Warehouse lines of credit” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the term securitizations are 
reflected  in  the  line  items  “Finance  receivables”  and  “Securitization  trust  debt.”  The  “Residual  interest  in 
securitizations”  represents  the  discounted  sum  of  expected  future  cash  flows  from  securitization  trusts. 
Accordingly,  the  valuation  of  the  residual  is  heavily  dependent  on  estimates  of  future  performance  of  the 
Contracts included in the term securitizations. 

The Company’s securitization structure has generally been as follows: 

The  Company  sells Contracts  it  acquires to  a  wholly-owned  Special Purpose  Subsidiary  (“SPS”),  which has 
been  established  for  the  limited  purpose  of  buying  and  reselling  the  Company’s  Contracts.  The  SPS  then 
transfers the same Contracts to another entity, typically a statutory trust (“Trust”). The Trust issues interest-
bearing asset-backed securities (“Notes”), in a principal amount equal to or less than the aggregate principal 
balance of the Contracts. The Company typically sells these Contracts to the Trust at face value and without 
recourse, except that representations and warranties similar to those provided by the Dealer to the Company 
are provided by the Company to the Trust. One or more investors purchase the Notes issued by the Trust; the 
proceeds from the sale of the Notes are then used to purchase the Contracts from the Company. The Company 
may  retain  or  sell  subordinated  Notes  issued  by  the  Trust  or  a  related  entity.  The  Company  purchases  a 
financial guaranty insurance policy, guaranteeing timely payment of principal and interest on the senior Notes, 
from an insurance company (a “Note Insurer”). In addition, the Company provides “Credit Enhancement” for 
the  benefit  of  the  Note  Insurer  and  the  investors  in  the  form  of  an  initial  cash  deposit  to  a  bank  account  (a 
“Spread  Account”)  held  by  the  Trust,  in  the  form  of  overcollateralization  of  the  Notes,  where  the  principal 
balance  of  the  Notes  issued  is  less  than  the  principal  balance  of  the  Contracts,  in  the  form  of  subordinated 
Notes,  or  some  combination  of  such  Credit  Enhancements.  The  agreements  governing  the  securitization 
transactions (collectively referred to as the “Securitization Agreements”) require that the initial level of Credit 
Enhancement  be  supplemented  by  a  portion  of  collections  from  the  Contracts  until  the  level  of  Credit 
Enhancement reaches specified levels which are then maintained. The specified levels are generally computed 
as a percentage of the principal amount remaining unpaid under the related Contracts. The specified levels at 
which the Credit Enhancement is to be maintained will vary depending on the performance of the portfolios of 
Contracts  held  by  the  Trusts  and  on  other  conditions,  and  may  also  be  varied  by  agreement  among  the 
Company, the SPS, the Note Insurers and the trustee. Such levels have increased and decreased from time to 
time based on performance of the various portfolios, and have also varied by Securitization Agreement. The 
Securitization Agreements generally grant the Company the option to repurchase the sold Contracts from the 
Trust when the aggregate outstanding balance of the Contracts has amortized to a specified percentage of the 
initial aggregate balance. 

The  prior  securitizations  that  were  treated  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes  differ  from  secured 
financings  in  that  the  Trust  to  which  the  SPS  sold  the  Contracts  met  the  definition  of  a  “qualified  special 
purpose entity” under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 (“SFAS 140”). As a result, assets 
and liabilities of the Trust are not consolidated into the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

The  Company’s  warehouse  securitization  structures  are  similar  to  the  above,  except  that  (i)  the  SPS  that 
purchases the Contracts pledges the Contracts to secure promissory notes which it issues, (ii) the promissory 
notes are in an aggregate principal amount of not more than 73.0% to 73.5% of the aggregate principal balance 
of the Contracts (that is, at least 26.5% overcollateralization), and (iii) no increase in the required amount of 
Credit  Enhancement  is  contemplated  unless  certain  portfolio  performance  tests  are  breached.  During  the 

F-13 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

quarter ended September 30, 2003 the warehouse securitizations related to the CPS Programs were amended to 
cause the transactions to be treated as secured financings for financial accounting purposes. The Contracts held 
by  the  warehouse  SPSs  and  the  promissory  notes  that  they  issue  are  therefore  included  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 as assets and liabilities, respectively. 

Upon each sale of Contracts in a securitization structured as a secured financing, whether a term securitization 
or a warehouse securitization, the Company retains on its Consolidated Balance Sheet the Contracts securitized 
as assets and records the Notes issued in the transaction as indebtedness of the Company. 

Under  the  prior  securitizations  structured  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the  Company  removed 
from  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  the  Contracts  sold  and  added  to  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  (i)  the 
cash  received,  if  any,  and  (ii)  the  estimated  fair value of  the  ownership  interest  that  the  Company  retains  in 
Contracts sold in the securitization. That retained or residual interest (the “Residual”) consists of (a) the cash 
held in the Spread Account, if any, (b) overcollateralization, if any, (c) subordinated Notes retained, if any, and 
(d) receivables from Trust, which include the net interest receivables (“NIRs”). NIRs represent the estimated 
discounted cash  flows to  be  received  from  the  Trust  in  the  future, net  of principal  and  interest  payable  with 
respect  to  the  Notes,  and  certain  expenses.  The  excess  of  the  cash  received  and  the  assets  retained  by  the 
Company over the carrying value of the Contracts sold, less transaction costs, equals the net gain on sale of 
Contracts  recorded  by  the  Company.  Until  the  maturity  of  these  transactions,  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Balance Sheet will reflect securitization transactions structured both as sales and as secured financings. 

With respect to securitizations structured as sales for financial accounting purposes, the Company allocates its 
basis in the Contracts between the Notes sold and the Residuals retained based on the relative fair values of 
those portions on the date of the sale. The Company recognizes gains or losses attributable to the change in the 
estimated fair value of the Residuals. Gains in fair value are recognized in the income statement with losses 
being recorded as an impairment loss in the income statement. The Company is not aware of an active market 
for the purchase or sale of interests such as the Residuals; accordingly, the Company determines the estimated 
fair  value  of  the  Residuals  by  discounting  the  amount  of  anticipated  cash  flows  that  it  estimates  will  be 
released to the Company in the future (the cash out method), using a discount rate that the Company believes is 
appropriate  for  the  risks  involved.  The  anticipated  cash  flows  include  collections  from  both  current  and 
charged off receivables. The Company has used an effective pre-tax discount rate of 14% per annum except for 
certain  collections  from  charged  off  receivables  related  to  the  Company’s  securitizations  in  2001  and  later 
where the Company has used a discount rate of 25%. 

The  Company  receives  periodic  base  servicing  fees  for  the  servicing  and  collection  of  the  Contracts.  In 
addition, the Company is entitled to the cash flows from the Trusts that represent collections on the Contracts 
in excess of the amounts required to pay principal and interest on the Notes, the base servicing fees, and certain 
other fees (such as trustee and custodial fees). Required principal payments on the notes are generally defined 
as the payments sufficient to keep the principal balance of the Notes equal to the aggregate principal balance of 
the related Contracts (excluding those Contracts that have been charged off), or a pre-determined percentage of 
such  balance.  Where  that  percentage  is  less  than  100%,  the  related  Securitization  Agreements  require 
accelerated payment of principal until the principal balance of the Notes is reduced to the specified percentage. 
Such accelerated principal payment is said to create “overcollateralization” of the Notes. 

If the amount of cash required for payment of fees, interest and principal exceeds the amount collected during 
the collection period, the shortfall is withdrawn from the Spread Account, if any. If the cash collected during 
the  period  exceeds  the  amount  necessary  for  the  above  allocations,  and  there  is  no  shortfall  in  the  related 
Spread  Account  or  other  form  of  Credit  Enhancement,  the  excess  is  released  to  the  Company,  or  in  certain 
cases is transferred to other Spread Accounts related to transactions insured by the same Note Insurer that may 
be  below  their  required  levels.  If  the  total  Credit  Enhancement  amount  is  not  at  the  required  level,  then  the 
excess cash collected is retained in the Trust until the specified level is achieved. Although Spread Account 
balances are held by the Trusts on behalf of the Company’s SPS as the owner of the Residuals (in the case of 
securitization transactions structured as sales for financial accounting purposes) or the Trusts (in the case of 
securitization transactions structured as secured financings for financial accounting purposes), the cash in the 

F-14 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Spread Accounts is restricted from use by the Company. Cash held in the various Spread Accounts is invested 
in  high  quality,  liquid  investment  securities,  as  specified  in  the  Securitization  Agreements.  The  interest  rate 
payable on the Contracts is significantly greater than the interest rate on the Notes. As a result, the Residuals 
described  above  are  a  significant  asset  of  the  Company.  In  determining  the  value  of  the  Residuals,  the 
Company  must  estimate  the  future  rates  of  prepayments,  delinquencies,  defaults,  default  loss  severity,  and 
recovery rates, as all of these factors affect the amount and timing of the estimated cash flows. The Company 
estimates  prepayments  by  evaluating  historical  prepayment  performance  of  comparable  Contracts.  As  of 
December 31, 2004 the Company used prepayment estimates of approximately 20.0% to 30.5% cumulatively 
over  the  lives  of  the  related  Contracts.  The  Company  estimates  defaults  and  default  loss  severity  using 
available  historical  loss  data  for  comparable  Contracts  and  the  specific  characteristics  of  the  Contracts 
purchased by the Company. The Company estimates recovery rates of previously charged off receivables using 
available historical recovery data. In valuing the Residuals as of December 31, 2004, the Company estimates 
that  charge-offs  as  a  percentage  of  the  original  principal  balance  will  approximate  17.2%  to  26.3% 
cumulatively over the lives of the related Contracts, with recovery rates approximating 3.2% to 5.8% of the 
original principal balance. 

Following  a  securitization  that  is  structured  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  interest  income  is 
recognized  on  the  balance  of  the  Residuals  at  the  same  rate  as  used  for  calculating  the  present  value  of  the 
NIRs, which is 14% per annum. In addition, the Company will recognize as a gain additional revenue from the 
Residuals if the actual performance of the Contracts is better than the Company’s estimate of the value of the 
residual. If the actual performance of the Contracts were worse than the Company’s estimate, then a downward 
adjustment  to  the  carrying  value  of  the  Residuals  and  a  related  impairment  charge  would  be  required.  In  a 
securitization structured as a secured financing for financial accounting purposes, interest income is recognized 
when accrued under the terms of the related Contracts and, therefore, presents less potential for fluctuations in 
performance when compared to the approach used in a transaction structured as a sale for financial accounting 
purposes. 

In all the Company’s term securitizations, whether treated as secured financings or as sales, the Company has 
transferred the receivables (through a subsidiary) to the securitization Trust. The difference between the two 
structures is that in securitizations that are treated as secured financings the Company reports the assets and 
liabilities of the securitization Trust on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Under both structures the Noteholders 
and the related securitization Trusts have no recourse to the Company for failure of the Contract obligors to 
make payments on a timely basis. The Company’s Residuals, however, are subordinate to the Notes until the 
Noteholders are fully paid, and the Company is therefore at risk to that extent. 

Servicing 

The  Company  considers  the  contractual  servicing  fee  received  on  its  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries to approximate adequate compensation. As a result, no servicing asset or liability has 
been  recognized.  Servicing fees  received on  its  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-consolidated  subsidiaries  are 
reported  as  income  when  earned.  Servicing  fees  received  on  its  managed  portfolio  held  by  consolidated 
subsidiaries are included in interest income when earned. Servicing costs are charged to expense as incurred. 
Servicing fees receivable represent fees earned but not yet remitted to the Company by the trustee. 

Furniture and Equipment  

Furniture  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  net  of  accumulated  depreciation.  The  Company  calculates 
depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three 
to five years. Assets held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the 
estimated useful lives of the assets or the related lease terms. Amortization expense on assets acquired under 
capital lease is included with depreciation expense on Company owned assets. 

F-15 

 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of  

The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting 
for  the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets.”  This  Statement  requires  that  long-lived  assets  and  certain 
identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  is 
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated 
by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the 
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed 
of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. 

Other Income 

Other Income consists primarily of recoveries on previously charged off MFN contracts. These Contracts were 
acquired  in  the  MFN  acquisition.  No  amounts  were  allocated  for  these  assets  acquired  at  the  time  of  the 
acquisition.  These  recoveries  totaled  $8.0  million,  $12.2  million  and  $10.5  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. 

Earnings Per Share  

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share: 

Numerator:
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings (loss) per 
   share before extraordinary item………………………………… $
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share before
   extraordinary item - weighted average number of 
   common shares outstanding during the year…………………… $
Incremental common shares attributable to exercise
   of outstanding options and warrants……………………………. $
Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) before
   extraordinary item per share………………………...………...…$
Basic earnings (loss) per share before extraordinary item….………$
Diluted earnings (loss) per share before extraordinary item………$

Year Ended December 31,
2002
2003
2004
(In thousands, except per share data)

(15,888)

$

395

$

2,996

21,111

20,263

19,902

-

1,315

1,085

21,111
(0.75)
(0.75)

$
$

21,578
0.02
0.02

$
$

20,987
0.15
0.14

Incremental shares of 1.1 million related to the conversion of subordinated debt have been excluded from the 
calculation  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2003  and  2002, because  the  impact of  assumed  conversion of 
such subordinated debt is anti-dilutive. Incremental shares of 1.8 million shares related to stock options have 
been  excluded  from  the  diluted  earnings  (loss)  per  share  calculation  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004 
because the impact is anti-dilutive. 

F-16 

 
 
 
     
           
        
      
      
      
                
        
        
      
      
      
         
          
          
         
          
          
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Deferral and Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs  

Costs  related  to  the  issuance  of  debt  are  amortized  on  a  level  yield  basis  over  the  shorter  of  the  actual  or 
expected term of the related debt. 

Income Taxes  

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income and combined state franchise tax returns. 
The  Company  utilizes  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting  for  income  taxes,  under  which  deferred 
income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the 
financial statement values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in 
tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company has estimated a 
valuation allowance against that portion of the deferred tax asset whose utilization in future periods is not more 
than likely. 

In determining the possible realization of deferred tax assets, future taxable income from the following sources 
are considered: (a) the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (b) future operations exclusive of reversing 
temporary differences, and (c) tax planning strategies that, if necessary, would be implemented to accelerate 
taxable income into periods in which operating losses might otherwise expire. 

Purchases of Company Stock  

The Company records purchases of its own common stock at cost. 

Stock Option Plan  

As  permitted  by  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation”  (“SFAS  No.  123”),  the  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans  in 
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” 
and  related  interpretations,  whereby  stock  options  are  recorded  at  intrinsic  value  equal  to  the  excess  of  the 
share price over the exercise price at the date of grant. The Company provides the pro forma net income (loss), 
pro  forma  earnings  (loss)  per  share,  and  stock  based  compensation  plan  disclosure  requirements  set  forth  in 
SFAS No. 123. The Company accounts for repriced options as variable awards. 

The per share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2004, 
2003 and 2002, was $2.30, $2.09, and $1.39, respectively, at the date of grant. That fair value was computed 
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: 

Expected life (years)…………………………………... .
Risk-free interest rate…………………………………….
Volatility………………………………………….……….
Expected dividend yield……………………………..… .

Year Ended December 31,
2003
7.63
4.16
100.82
-

%
%

%
%

2004
6.50
4.48
54.65
-

2002
8.21
4.19
107.56
-

%
%

F-17 

 
 
 
 
          
          
          
          
          
          
        
      
      
            
            
            
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Compensation cost has been recognized for certain stock options in the Consolidated Financial Statements in 
accordance  with  APB  Opinion  No.  25.  Had  the  Company  determined  compensation  cost  based  on  the  fair 
value  at  the  grant  date  for  its  stock  options  under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123 
(“SFAS 123”), “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation,” the Company’s net income (loss) and earnings 
(loss) per share would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated below. 

Year Ended December 31,

2004

2002
( In thousands, except per share data)

2003

Net income (loss)
   As reported…………………………………………… $
Pro forma……………………………………………...…$
Earnings (loss) per share - basic
   As reported…………………………………..…………$
Pro forma…………………………………………..…… $
Earnings (loss) per share - diluted
   As reported…………………………………………... $
Pro forma………………………………………………. $

(15,888)
(16,808)

(0.75)
(0.80)

$
$

$
$

(0.75)
(0.80)

$
$

395
175

0.02
0.01

0.02
0.01

$
$

$
$

$
$

20,408
20,109

1.03
1.01

0.97
0.96

Segment Reporting 

Operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis by a chief decision 
maker. Accordingly, all of the Company’s operations are aggregated in one reportable operating segment. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) published FASB Statement No. 123 
(revised  2004),  “Share-Based  Payment”  (“FAS  123(R)”  or  the  “Statement”).  FAS  123  (R)  requires  that  the 
compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions, including grants of employee stock options, 
be  recognized  in  financial  statements.  That  cost  will  be  measured  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  or 
liability  instruments  issued. FAS  123(R) permits  entities  to use any option-pricing  model  that  meets the  fair 
value objective in the Statement. Modifications of share-based payments will be treated as replacement awards 
with the cost of the incremental value recorded in the financial statements. 

The Statement is effective at the beginning of the third quarter of 2005. As of the effective date, the Company 
will  apply  the  Statement  using  a  modified  version  of  prospective  application.  Under  that  transition  method, 
compensation  cost  is  recognized  for  (1)  all  awards  granted  after  the  required  effective  date  and  to  awards 
modified, cancelled, or repurchased after that date and (2) the portion of prior awards for which the requisite 
service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated for pro forma 
disclosures under SFAS 123. 

The impact of this Statement on the Company in 2005 and beyond will depend upon various factors, among 
them being our future compensation strategy. The pro forma compensation costs presented (in the table above) 
and in prior filings for the Company have been calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and may 
not be indicative of amounts which should be expected in future periods. 

In  December  2003,  the  Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee  of  the  AICPA  issued  Statement  of 
Position No. 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 
03-3 addresses the accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and the cash flows expected to 
be  collected  from  purchased  loans  or  debt  securities  if  those  differences  are  attributable,  in  part,  to  credit 
quality. SOP 03-3 requires purchased loans and debt securities to be recorded initially at fair value based on 

F-18 

 
     
           
      
     
           
      
         
          
          
         
          
          
         
          
          
         
          
          
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

the  present  value  of  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  with  no  carryover  of  any  valuation  allowance 
previously recognized by the seller. Interest income should be recognized based on the effective yield from the 
cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected.  To  the  extent  that  the  purchased  loans  or  debt  securities  experience 
subsequent deterioration in credit quality, a valuation allowance would be established for any additional cash 
flows  that  are  not  expected  to  be  received.  However,  if  more  cash  flows  subsequently  are  expected  to  be 
received than originally estimated, the effective yield would be adjusted on a prospective basis. SOP 03-3 will 
be  effective  for  loans  and  debt  securities  acquired  after  December  31,  2004.  The  Company’s  finance 
receivables are acquired shortly after origination and there is no credit deterioration during the time between 
origination of the finance receivable and purchase by the Company. Accordingly, management does not expect 
the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United  States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of 
income and expenses during the reported periods. Specifically, a number of estimates were made in connection 
with  determining  an  appropriate  allowance  for  finance  credit  losses,  valuing  the  Residuals,  computing  the 
related gain on sale on the transactions that created the Residuals, and the recording of the deferred tax asset 
valuation allowance. Actual results could differ from those estimates depending on the future performance of 
the related Contracts. 

Reclassification 

Certain amounts for the prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

(2) Acquisitions 

Acquisition of MFN Financial Corporation 

On March 8, 2002, CPS acquired 100% of MFN Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“MFN”) and 
its subsidiaries, by the merger (the “MFN Merger”) of a direct wholly–owned subsidiary of CPS with and into 
MFN. MFN thus became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CPS, and CPS thus acquired the assets of MFN, which 
consisted  principally  of  interests  in  automobile  installment  sales  finance  Contracts  and  the  facilities  for 
originating and servicing such Contracts. The MFN Merger was accounted for as a purchase. 

MFN,  through  its  primary  operating  subsidiary,  Mercury  Finance  Company  LLC,  was  in  the  business  of 
purchasing  automobile installment  sales  finance Contracts  from  Dealers,  and  securitizing and  servicing  such 
Contracts. CPS continues to use the assets acquired in the MFN Merger in the automobile finance business, but 
has  disposed  of  a  portion  of  such  assets.  MFN  has  ceased  to  purchase  automobile  installment  sales  finance 
Contracts, and does not anticipate recommencing such purchasing. In connection with the termination of MFN 
origination activities and the integration and consolidation of certain activities, the Company has recognized 
certain  liabilities  related  to  the  costs  to  exit  these  activities  and  terminate  the  affected  employees  of  MFN. 
These  activities  include  service  departments  such  as  accounting,  finance,  human  resources,  information 
technology, administration, payroll and executive management. These costs include the following: 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

December 31,
2004 (2)

Activity

December 31,
2003
(In thousands)

Activity

March 8,
2002

Severance payments and
consulting contracts……………….…… $
Facilities closures (1)………………..… $
Termination of contracts,
$
leases, services and other
$
obligations…………………………...… $
$
Acquisition expenses
accrued but unpaid………………………$
    Total liabilities assumed……………. $

$

-
1,184

$

-
705

$

-
1,889

$

3,215
263

-

-
1,184

$

-

-
705

-

597

-
1,889

$

250
4,325

$

$

3,215
2,152

597

250
6,214

_________________________ 
(1) For the period from March 8, 2002 to December 31, 2003 the activity resulting in a net charge of $263,000, includes charges 
against liability of $1.5 million, and the “reclassification” of an existing accrual for offices closed prior to the Merger Date of 
approximately $1.2 million. 
(2)  The  Company  believes  that  this  amount  provides  adequately  for  anticipated  remaining  costs  related  to  exiting  certain 
activities of MFN, and that amounts indicated above are reasonably allocated. 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the 
date of acquisition. 

Cash……………………………………………………… $
Restricted cash……………………………………………$
Finance Contracts, net……………………………………$
Residual interest in securitizations……………………… $
Other assets……………………………………………… $
      Total assets acquired………………………………… $
Securitization trust debt……………………………………$
Subordinated debt…………………………………………$
Accounts payable and other liabilities……………………$
      Total liabilities assumed………………………………$
      Net assets acquired……………………………………$
      Less: purchase price……………………………………$
      Excess of net assets acquired over purchase price…... $

March 8, 2002
(In thousands)
93,782
25,499
186,554
32,485
12,006
350,326
156,923
22,500
30,242
209,665
140,661
123,249
17,412

Acquisition of TFC Enterprises, Inc.  

On May 20, 2003, CPS acquired TFC Enterprises, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“TFC”) and its subsidiaries, 
by  the  merger  (the  “TFC  Merger”)  of  a  direct,  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  CPS,  with  and  into  TFC.  In  the 
TFC Merger, TFC became  a wholly-owned subsidiary of CPS. CPS  thus acquired the assets of TFC and its 
subsidiaries,  which  consisted  principally  of  interests  in  motor  vehicle  installment  sales,  finance  Contracts, 
interests in securitized pools of such Contracts, and the facilities for originating and servicing such Contracts. 
The merger was accounted for as a purchase.  

TFC, through its primary operating subsidiary, “The Finance Company,” purchases motor vehicle installment 
sales finance Contracts from automobile Dealers, and securitizes and services such Contracts. CPS intends to 
continue to use the assets acquired in the TFC Merger in the automobile finance business. 

F-20 

 
         
            
         
            
         
         
            
         
         
         
            
                 
                 
                 
            
         
                 
                 
                 
            
            
                 
                 
                 
         
 
          
          
        
          
          
        
        
          
          
        
        
        
        
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

In connection with the integration and consolidation of certain activities between CPS and TFC, the Company 
has  recognized  certain  liabilities  related  to  the  costs  to  integrate  certain  activities  and  terminate  the  affected 
employees of TFC. These activities include service departments such as accounting, finance, human resources, 
information  technology,  administration,  payroll  and  executive  management.  The  total  of  these  liabilities 
recognized by the Company at the time of the merger were $4.5 million. These costs include the following: 

December 31,
2004(2)

Activity

December 31,
2003
(In thousands)

Activity

May 20,
2003

Severance Payments and
consulting contracts (1)……….………$
Facilities closures…………………… $
Other obligations………………………$

$

418
822
-

    Total liabilities assumed……………$

1,240

$

1,908
409
234

2,551

$

$

2,326
1,231
234

3,791

$

$

357
190
206

753

$

$

2,683
1,421
440

4,544

____________________________ 
(1) For the period from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2004 the activity resulting in a change of $1.9 million, includes 
charges against the liability of $621,000 and the reversal of $1.3 million of costs that the Company no longer expects to incur. 
The $1.3 was recorded in the statement of income as a reduction of current operating expenses. 
(2)  The  Company  believes  that  this  amount  provides  adequately  for  anticipated  remaining  costs  related  to  exiting  certain 
activities of TFC, and that amounts indicated above are reasonably allocated. 

At the closing of the TFC Merger, each outstanding share of common stock of TFC became a right to receive 
$1.87  per  share  in  cash.  The  total  merger  consideration  payable  to  stockholders  of  TFC  was  approximately 
$21.6  million.  The  recipients  of  the  total  merger  consideration  had  no  material  relationship  with  CPS,  its 
directors,  its  officers  or  any  associates  of  such  directors  or  officers,  to  the  best  of  CPS’s  knowledge.  The 
merger consideration was paid with existing cash of CPS. The aggregate purchase price, including expenses 
related to the transaction, was approximately $23.7 million. 

The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Operations as of and for the year 
ended  December  31,  2003,  include  the  balance  sheet  accounts  of  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  as  of  December  31, 
2003 and the results of operations subsequent to May 20, 2003, the merger date. The Company has recorded 
certain  purchase  accounting  adjustments  on  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  which  are  estimates  based  on 
available information. 

The following table summarizes the recorded amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date 
of acquisition. 

Cash……………………………………………………… $
Restricted cash……………………………………………$
Finance Contracts, net……………………………………$
Other assets……………………………………………… $
      Total assets acquired………………………………… $
Securitization trust debt……………………………………$
Subordinated debt…………………………………………$
Capital lease obligations………………………………… $
Accounts payable and other liabilities……………………$
      Total liabilities assumed………………………………$
      Purchase price…………………………………………$

May 20, 2003
(In thousands)
13,545
17,723
125,108
502
156,878
115,597
6,321
17
11,217
133,152
23,726

F-21 

 
           
       
        
          
        
          
        
      
          
      
                
          
           
          
           
       
     
      
          
      
 
          
          
        
              
        
        
           
                
          
        
        
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Pro Forma Results of Operations 

Selected unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the years ended December, 2003 and 2002, 
assuming the MFN Merger and TFC Merger occurred on January 1, 2003 and 2002, are as follows: 

Pro Forma Presentation (Unaudited)

Year Ended December 31,

2003

2002

(In thousands)

Total revenue………………………………………………………….…………$
Net earnings before Merger- related expenses and extraordinary item….…… $
Net earnings……………………………………………………………….……$

107,598
824
824

Basic net earnings per share before Merger-related expenses and
   extraordinary item………………………………………………………..……$
Extraordinary item…………………………………………………………….…$
Basic net earnings per share………………………………………………….…$

Diluted net earnings per share before Merger-related expenses and
   extraordinary item……………………………………………………………$
Extraordinary item……………………………………………………….………$
Diluted net earnings per share……………………………………...………… $

0.04
-
0.04

0.04
-
0.04

$

$
$

$
$
$

130,212
(1,695)
(1,695)

(0.09)
-
(0.09)

(0.08)
-
(0.08)

(3) Restricted Cash  

Restricted cash comprised the following components:  

December 31,

2004

2003

(In thousands)

Securitization trust accounts……………………….…$
Litigation reserve……………………………….…… $
Note purchase facility reserve……………….………. $
Other………………………………………………… $
Total restricted cash…………………………………. $

118,944
5,503
516
150
125,113

$

$

60,550
5,503
1,074
150
67,277

Certain  of  the  Company’s  operating  agreements  require  that  the  Company  establish  cash  reserves  for  the 
benefit of the other parties to the agreements, in case those parties are subject to any claims or exposure. In 
addition,  certain  of  these  agreements  require  that  the  Company  establish  amounts  in  reserve  related  to 
outstanding litigation. 

F-22 

 
         
         
                
            
                
            
               
             
                    
                    
               
             
               
             
                    
                    
               
             
 
 
    
      
        
        
           
        
           
           
    
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(4) Finance Receivables 

The following table presents the components of Finance Receivables, net of unearned interest: 

Finance Receivables
  Automobile
    Simple Interest………………………………………………...………. $
    Pre-compute, net of unearned interest……………………………… .

    Finance Receivables, net of unearned interest……………………….
    Less: Unearned acquisition fees and discounts……………………….
    Finance Receivables…………………………………………………. $

December 31,
2004

December 31,
2003

(In thousands)

522,346
86,932

609,278
(16,472)
592,806

$

$

178,679
133,339

312,018
(9,940)
302,078

The following table presents a summary of the activity for the allowance for credit losses, for the years ended 
December 31, 2004 and 2003: 

December 31,

2004

2003

(In thousands)

Balance at beginning of year……………...……….…………………….. . $
Addition to allowance for credit losses from acquisitions………………...
Provision for credit losses………………………….………………..…….
Charge-offs………………………………….………………….………….
Recoveries…………………………………………………………...…….
Balance at end of year…….………………………………………...…… . $

35,889
-
32,574
(34,636)
8,788
42,615

$

$

25,828
24,271
11,667
(32,117)
6,240
35,889

(5) Residual Interest in Securitizations  

The  following  table  presents  the  components  of  the  residual  interest  in  securitizations  and  shown  at  their 
discounted amounts: 

Cash, commercial paper, United States government securities
   and other qualifying investments (Spread Accounts)…………………$
Receivables from Trusts (NIRs)…………………………………………$
Overcollateralization…………………………………………………..…$
Investment in subordinated certificates……………………………….…$

Residual interest in securitizations………………………………...……$

December 31,

2004

2003

(In thousands)

17,776
12,483
16,644
3,527

50,430

$
$
$
$

$

27,210
36,991
32,195
15,306

111,702

The  following  table  presents  the  estimated  remaining  undiscounted  credit  losses  included  in  the  fair  value 
estimate  of  the  Residuals  as  a  percentage  of  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-consolidated 
subsidiaries subject to recourse provisions: 

F-23 

 
             
             
               
             
             
             
              
                
             
             
 
 
           
           
                    
           
           
           
          
          
             
             
           
           
 
 
           
           
           
           
             
           
           
         
           
           
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Undiscounted estimated credit losses………………………………………$
Managed portfolio held by non-consolidated subsidiary………………...…$
Undiscounted estimated credit losses as a percentage of managed
$
portfolio held by non-consolidated subsidiary………………………….……$

December 31,
2003
(Dollars in thousands)
$

$

47,935
425,534

2004

23,588
233,621

2002

54,363
478,136

10.10%

11.30%

11.40%

The  key  economic  assumptions  used  in  measuring  the  residual  interest  in  securitizations  at  the  date  of 
securitization in 2003 are as follows: prepayment speed of 21.7%, net credit losses of 12.5%, and a discount 
rate of 14%. There were no securitizations accounted for as sales for financial accounting purposes in 2004. 

The key  economic  assumptions  used in measuring all  residual  interest  in  securitizations  as of December  31, 
2004 and 2003 are included in the table below. The pre-tax discount rate remained constant at 14%, except for 
certain cash flows from charged off receivables related to the Company’s securitizations from  2001 to 2003 
where the Company has used a discount rate of 25%. 

Prepayment speed (Cumulative)…………………………..………. 20.0% - 30.5%
Net credit losses (Cumulative)………………………….…………. 13.0% - 20.5%

2004

2003
18.1% - 22.1%
11.8% - 18.0%  

Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by 
the original balance of each pool of assets. 

Key  economic  assumptions  and  the  sensitivity  of  the  current  fair  value  of  residual  cash  flows  to  immediate 
10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows: 

December 31,
2004
(Dollars in thousands)

Carrying amount/fair value of residual interest in securitizations……... . $
Weighted average life in years………………………………………….. .

50,430
2.95

Prepayment Speed Assumption (Cumulative)………………………… .
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………. . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………….

Expected Net Credit Losses (Cumulative)……….……………………...
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………. . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………. .

Residual Cash Flows Discount Rate (Annual)………………………… .
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………. . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………. .

20.0% - 30.5%
50,199
49,951

13.0% - 20.5%
48,764
47,268

14.0% - 25.0%
49,320
48,320

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair 
value based on 10% and 20% percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the 
relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the 
effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without 
changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, 
increases in market rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which could magnify or 
counteract the sensitivities. 

F-24 

 
       
       
       
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  cash  flows  received  from  (paid  to)  the  Company’s  unconsolidated 
securitization Trusts: 

For the Year Ended December 31,
2002
2003
2004
(In thousands)
$

$

Releases of cash from Spread Accounts………………. $
Servicing Fees received……………………………….
Net deposits to increase Credit Enhancement………….
Initial funding of Credit Enhancement……………… .
Purchase of delinquent or foreclosed assets………… .
Repurchase of trust assets…………………………… .

17,175
13,631
(2,106)
-
(44,473)
-

25,934
17,039
(20,867)
(18,736)
(45,747)
-

60,393
13,761
(24,236)
(16,749)
(34,365)
(97,946)

The following table presents the historical loss and delinquency amounts for the serviced portfolio: 

Total Principal
Amount of Contracts
At December 31,
2004
2003

Principal Amount of 
Contracts 60 Days
or More Past Due
At December 31,
2004
2003
(In thousands)

Net Credit Losses
for the Year Ended
December 31,

2004

2003

Contracts held by 
  consolidated subsidiaries…...……. $
Contracts held by 
 non-consolidated subsidiaries.………$
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio…….. $
Total managed portfolio…………… $

619,794

$

315,598

$

17,379

$

16,176

$

26,418

$

4,210

233,621
53,463
906,878

$

425,534
-
741,132

$

10,037
5,065
32,481

$

13,969
-
30,145

$

36,042
18,018
80,478

$

40,096
-
44,306

(6) Furniture and Equipment  

The following table presents the components of furniture and equipment:  

December 31,

2004

2003

Furniture and fixtures…………………………….….. $
Computer equipment……………………………..….. $
Leasing assets………………………………..………. $
Leasehold improvements………………………….…. $
Other fixed assets………………………….…………. $

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

$

$

(In thousands)
3,744
4,699
673
651
17
9,784
(8,218)
1,566

$

2,994
4,034
673
637
50
8,388
(7,562)
826

Depreciation  expense  totaled  $660,000,  $878,000  and  $1.0  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004, 
2003 and 2002, respectively. 

F-25 

 
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
       
 
     
 
     
                
     
     
     
     
     
                
                
     
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
      
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
             
      
             
    
             
  
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
         
         
         
         
            
            
            
            
              
              
         
         
        
        
         
            
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(7) Securitization Trust Debt 

The Company has completed a number of securitization transactions that are structured as secured borrowings 
for  financial  accounting  purposes.  The  debt  issued  in  these  transactions  is  shown  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated balance sheets as “Securitization Trust Debt,” and the components of such debt are summarized 
in the following table: 

Series

Issue Date

Final
Scheduled
Payment
Date (1)

Outstanding
Principal at
December 31,
2004

Outstanding
Principal at
December 31,
2003

Initial
Principal

Weighted
Average
Interest Rate at
December 31,
2004

MFN 2001-A
TFC 2002-1
TFC 2002-2
TFC 2003-1
CPS 2003-C
CPS 2003-D
CPS 2004-A
PCR 2004-1
CPS 2004-B
CPS 2004-C
CPS 2004-D

June 15, 2007 $

June 28, 2001
March 19, 2002
August 15, 2007
October 9, 2002
March 15, 2008
May 20, 2003
January 15, 2009
September 30, 2003
March 15, 2010
December 16, 2003
October 15, 2010
May 5, 2004
October 15, 2010
June 24, 2004
March 15, 2010
August 2, 2004
February 15, 2011
April 15, 2011
September 30, 2004
December 21, 2004 December 15, 2011

301,000 $
64,552
62,589
52,365
87,500
75,000
82,094
76,257
96,369
100,000
109,200

3,382 $
2,574
9,152
17,703
53,456
50,722
66,737
52,633
84,185
93,071
109,200

20,987
12,403
25,436
37,114
77,928
71,250
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

$ 1,106,926 $

542,815 $

245,118

5.07%
4.23%
2.95%
2.69%
2.92%
2.97%
3.22%
3.14%
4.10%
3.70%
3.67%

________________________ 
(1) The Final Scheduled Payment Date represents final legal maturity of the securitization trust debt. Securitization trust debt is 
expected  to  become  due  and  to  be  paid  prior  to  those  dates,  based  on  amortization  of  the  finance  receivables  pledged  to  the 
Trusts. Expected payments, which will depend on the performance of such receivables, as to which there can be no assurance, 
are $202.7 million in 2005, $150.8 million in 2006, $94.9 million in 2007, $56.3 million in 2008, $31.2 million in 2009, and $6.9 
million in 2010. 

All of the securitization trust debt was sold in private placement transactions to qualified institutional buyers. 
The  debt  was  issued  through  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy  remote  subsidiaries  of  CPS,  TFC  or  MFN,  and  is 
secured  by  the  assets  of  such  subsidiaries,  but  not  by  other  assets  of  the  Company.  Principal  and  interest 
payments are guaranteed by financial guaranty insurance policies.  

The  terms  of  the  various  Securitization  Agreements  related  to  the  issuance  of  the  securitization  trust  debt 
require that certain delinquency and credit loss criteria be met with respect to the collateral pool, and require 
that  the  Company  maintain  minimum  levels  of  liquidity  and  net  worth  and  not  exceed  maximum  leverage 
levels and maximum financial losses. As a result of waivers and amendments to these covenants throughout 
2004  and  during  the  first  quarter  of  2005,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  such  covenants  as  of 
December 31, 2004. Without the waivers and amendments obtained in the first quarter of 2005, the Company 
would have been in breach of covenants related to maintaining a minimum level of net worth and incurring a 
maximum financial loss as of December 31, 2004. 

The  Company  is  responsible  for  the  administration  and  collection  of  the  Contracts.  The  Securitization 
Agreements also require certain funds be held in restricted cash accounts to provide additional collateral for 
the borrowings or to be applied to make payments on the securitization trust debt. As of December 31, 2004, 
restricted  cash  under  the  various  agreements  totaled  approximately  $118.9  million.  Interest  expense  on  the 
securitization  trust  debt  is  composed  of  the  stated  rate  of  interest  plus  amortization  of  additional  costs  of 
borrowing.  Additional  costs  of  borrowing  include  facility  fees,  insurance  and  amortization  of  deferred 
financing costs. Deferred financing costs related to the securitization trust debt are amortized in proportion to 

F-26 

 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

the principal distributed to the noteholders. Accordingly, the effective cost of borrowing of the securitization 
trust debt is greater than the stated rate of interest. 

The wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote subsidiaries of CPS, MFN and TFC were formed to facilitate the above 
asset-backed financing transactions. Similar bankruptcy remote subsidiaries issue the debt outstanding under 
the Company’s warehouse lines of credit. Bankruptcy remote refers to a legal structure in which it is expected 
that the applicable entity would not be included in any bankruptcy filing by its parent or affiliates. All of the 
assets of these subsidiaries have been pledged as collateral for the related debt. All such transactions, treated as 
secured financings for accounting and tax purposes, are treated as sales for all other purposes, including legal 
and  bankruptcy  purposes.  None  of  the assets  of these  subsidiaries  are  available to  pay  other creditors  of  the 
Company or its affiliates. 

(8) Debt 

On  December  20,  1995,  the  Company  issued  $20.0  million  in  rising  interest  subordinated  redeemable 
securities  due  January  1,  2006  (the  “Notes”).  The  Notes  are  unsecured  general  obligations  of  the  Company. 
Interest on the Notes is payable on the first day of each month, commencing February 1, 1996, at an interest 
rate  of  10.0%  per  annum.  The  interest  rate  increases  0.25%  on  each  January  1  for  the  first  nine  years  and 
0.50%  in  the  last  year.  In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  incurred  and  capitalized 
issuance costs of $1.1 million. The Notes are subordinated to certain existing and future indebtedness of the 
Company  as  defined  in  the  indenture  agreement.  The  Company  is  required  to  redeem  on  an  annual  basis, 
subject  to  certain  adjustments,  $1.0  million  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  through  the 
operation of a sinking fund on or before of January 1, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005. The Company 
may  at  its  option  elect  to  redeem  the  Notes  from  the  registered  holders  of  the  Notes,  in  whole  or  in  part  at 
100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to and including the date of redemption. During each of 
the  years  1999  through  2003,  the  Company  redeemed  $1.0  million  of  principal  amount  of  the  notes  in 
conjunction with the requirements of the related sinking fund agreement. The balance outstanding of the Notes 
at December 31, 2004 and 2003, was $15.0 million, with an interest rate of 12% and 11.75% respectively. 

On April 15, 1997, the Company issued $20.0 million in subordinated participating equity notes (“PENs”) due 
April  15,  2004.  The  PENs  were  unsecured  general  obligations  of  the  Company.  Interest  on  the  PENs  was 
payable on the fifteenth of each month, commencing May 15, 1997, at an interest rate of 10.5% per annum. In 
connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  PENs,  the  Company  incurred  and  capitalized  issuance  costs  of  $1.2 
million.  The  Company  recognized  interest  and  amortization  expense  related  to  the  PENs  using  the  effective 
interest  method  over  the  expected  redemption  period.  The  PENs  were  subordinated  to  certain  existing  and 
future indebtedness of the Company as  defined in the indenture agreement. The Company had the option to 
redeem the PENs from the registered holders, in whole but not in part, at any time on or after April 15, 2000, at 
100% of their principal amount, subject to limited conversion rights, plus accrued interest to and including the 
date  of  redemption.  At  maturity,  upon  the  exercise  by  the  Company  of  an  optional  redemption,  or  upon  the 
occurrence of a “Special Redemption Event,” each holder had the right to convert into common stock of the 
Company (“Common Stock”), 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the PENs held by such holder at the 
conversion  price  of  $10.15  per  share  of  Common  Stock.  “Special  Redemption  Events”  are  certain  events 
related to a change in control of the Company. The Company fully repaid the PENs in April 2004. 

In  November  1998,  the  Company  issued  $25.0  million  of  subordinated  promissory  notes  due November  30, 
2003,  to  an  affiliate  of  Levine  Leichtman  Capital  Partners,  Inc.,  Levine  Leichtman  Capital  Partners  II,  L.P. 
(“LLCP”),  and  received  the  proceeds  (net  of  $1.3  million  of  capitalized  issuance  costs),  of  approximately 
$23.7  million.  The  Company  also  issued  warrants  to  purchase  up  to  3,450,000  shares  of  common  stock  at 
$3.00 per share, exercisable through November 30, 2005 (see Note 13). The debt bore interest at 13.5% per 
annum. Simultaneously with the consummation of that transaction, certain affiliates of the Company, who had 
lent the Company an aggregate of $5.0 million on a short-term basis in August and September 1998, agreed to 
subordinate their indebtedness to the indebtedness in favor of LLCP, to extend the maturity of their debt until 

F-27 

 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

June 2004, and to reduce their interest rate from 15% to 12.5%. Such affiliates received in return the option to 
convert such debt into an aggregate of 1,666,667 shares of common stock at the rate of $3.00 per share through 
maturity at June 30, 2004. Additionally, SFSC also agreed to subordinate $6.0 million, or 40%, of its related 
party loan in favor of LLCP (see Note 13). 

In April 1999, the Company issued an additional $5.0 million of subordinated promissory notes due April 30, 
2004,  to  the  same  affiliate  of  LLCP  as  noted  above,  and  received  proceeds  (net  of  $312,000  of  capitalized 
issuance  costs)  of  $4.7  million.  The  Company  also  issued  warrants  to  purchase  1,335,000  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock at $0.01 per share to LLCP, exercisable through April 2009. The debt bears interest 
at 14.5% per annum, and may be prepaid without penalty at anytime. As part of the purchase agreement, the 
interest  rate  on  the  previously  issued  LLCP  notes  was  increased  to  14.5%  per  annum,  and  the  warrant  to 
purchase 3,450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $3.00 per share was exchanged for a warrant to 
purchase 3,115,000 shares at a price of $0.01 per share. Remaining outstanding as of December 31, 2004 was a 
warrant to purchase 1,000 shares. 

In March 2000, the Company issued $16.0 million of senior secured debt to LLCP (the “Term B Note”). The 
proceeds from the issuance were used to repay in full all amounts owed under the Senior Secured Line. As part 
of the agreement, all of LLCP’s existing debt of $30.0 million was restructured as senior secured debt, making 
the  Company’s  aggregate  principal  indebtedness  to  LLCP  equal  to  $46.0  million.  The  $16.0  million  bears 
interest at 12.5% per annum and the interest rate on the $30.0 million is unchanged at 14.5% per annum. As 
part of the agreement, all prior defaults were either waived or cured. As of December 31, 2000, the amount 
outstanding of the $16.0 million portion of senior secured debt was $8.0 million. The outstanding balance on 
the $16.0 million LLCP debt was repaid during the first quarter of 2001. In addition, during the first quarter of 
2001,  the  Company  made  a  $4.0  million  principal  prepayment  on  the  remaining  outstanding  LLCP  debt, 
incurring  $200,000  in  prepayment  penalties  and  waiver  fees.  The  outstanding  balance  of  Term  B  Note  at 
December 31, 2004 was $19.8 million. The interest rate on this note has been adjusted as discussed below. 

In March 2002, the Company and LLCP entered into an additional series of agreements under which LLCP 
provided additional funding to enable the Company to acquire MFN Financial Corporation. Under the March 
2002 agreements, the Company borrowed $35 million from LLCP as a bridge note (the “Bridge Note”) and 
approximately  $8.5  million  (the  “Term  C”  Note)  on  a  deemed  principal  amount  of  approximately  $11.2 
million. The Bridge Note requires principal payments of $2.0 million a month, which began in June 2002, with 
a final balloon payment in the amount of $17.0 million, which was made pursuant to the terms of the Bridge 
Note  in  February  2003.  The  Term  C  Note  repayment  schedule  is  based  on  the  performance  of  a  certain 
securitized pool. As the subordinated Note of the pool is repaid from the Trust, principal payments are due on 
the Term C Note. The maturity date of the Term C Note was March 2008. Interest was due monthly on the 
Bridge Note at a rate of 13.5% per annum and on the Term C Note at a rate of 12.0% per annum. In connection 
with the  March  2002  agreements  and  the  acquisition  of  MFN,  the  Company  paid LLCP  a  structuring  fee  of 
$1.75  million  and  an  investment  banking  fee  of  $1.0  million,  and  paid  LLCP's  out-of-pocket  expenses  of 
approximately  $315,000.  In  addition,  the  Company  paid  LLCP  certain  other  fees  and  interest  amounting  to 
$426,181. Approximately $1.4 million of the fees and other amounts paid to LLCP were deferred as financing 
costs  and  are  being  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  related  debt.  The  remaining  fees  and  other  costs  were 
included in the purchase price of MFN.  

On  February  3,  2003,  the  Company  borrowed  $25.0  million  from  LLCP,  net  of  fees  and  expenses  of  $1.05 
million.  The  indebtedness,  represented  by  the  “Term  D  Note,”  was  originally  due  in  April  2003,  with 
Company  options  to  extend  the  maturity  to  May  2003  and  January  2004,  upon  payment  of  successive 
extension fees of $125,000. The Company has paid the fees to extend the maturity to January 2004. Interest on 
the  Term  D  Note  is  payable  monthly  at  rates  that  averaged  4.79%  per  annum  through  June  30,  2003,  and 
12.0% per annum thereafter. In a separate transaction, the Bridge Note issued to LLCP in connection with the 
acquisition  of  MFN,  in  an  original  principal  amount  of  $35.0  million,  was  due  on  February  28,  2003.  The 
outstanding  principal  balance  of  $17.0  million  was  paid  in  February  2003.  In  addition,  the  maturity  of  the 
Term B Note was extended in October 2003 from November 2003 to January 2004. The Company repaid in 
full the Term C Note on January 29, 2004 and repaid $10.0 million of the Term D Note on January 15, 2004. 

F-28 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

In addition, on January 29, 2004 the maturities of the Term B Note and the Term D Note were extended to 
December  15,  2005  and  the  coupons  on  both  notes  were  decreased  to  11.75%  per  annum  from  14.50%  and 
12.00%, respectively. The Company paid LLCP fees equal to $921,000 for these amendments, which will be 
amortized over the remaining life of the notes. As of December 31, 2004, the outstanding principal balances of 
the Term B Note and the Term D Note were $19.8 million and $15.0 million, respectively. 

On May 28, 2004 and June 25, 2004, the Company borrowed $15 million and $10 million, respectively, from 
LLCP.  The  indebtedness,  represented  by  the  “Term  E  Note,”  and  the  “Term  F  Note,”  respectively,  bears 
interest  at  11.75%  per  annum.  Both  the  Term  E  Note  and  the  Term  F  Note  mature  two  years  from  their 
respective funding dates. As of December 31, 2004, the outstanding principal balances of the Term E Note and 
the Term F Note were $15.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. 

On March 16, 2004, a special-purpose subsidiary of CPS issued $44 million of asset-backed 10% notes. The 
notes, issued by CPS Auto Receivables Trust 2004-R, are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s and have a final 
maturity  date  of  October  16,  2009.  The  notes  are  secured  by  the  Company’s  residual  interest  in  four 
securitizations sponsored by CPS, two securitizations sponsored by MFN, and two securitization transactions 
sponsored by TFC. The notes are non-recourse obligations of the Company and will be repaid solely from the 
cash distributions on the retained interests securing the notes. As of December 31, 2004, $22.2 million of the 
notes remain outstanding. 

At  the  time  of  the  MFN  Merger,  MFN  had  outstanding  $22.5  million  in  principal  amount  of  senior 
subordinated debt, which was due and repaid in full on March 23, 2002. Such debt bore interest at the rate of 
11.00%  per  annum,  payable  quarterly in  arrears.  At the  time  of  the TFC  Merger, TFC  had  outstanding $6.3 
million  in  principal  amount  of  subordinated  debt,  which  the  Company  assumed  as  part  of  the  TFC  Merger. 
Such  debt  bears  interest  at  the  rate  of  13.25%  per  annum  payable  monthly  in  arrears,  requires  monthly 
amortization, is due in June 2005 and has $1.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2004. 

The  Company  must  comply  with  certain  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  related  to  debt  facilities,  which 
require, among other things, that the Company maintain certain financial ratios related to liquidity, net worth, 
capitalization,  investments, acquisitions,  restricted  payments  and  certain  dividend restrictions.  The  Company 
was in compliance with all of its debt covenants with respect to non-securitization related debt as of December 
31, 2004. As a result of amendments to covenants related to securitization related debt throughout 2004 and 
during the first quarter of 2005, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of December 31, 
2004. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  contractual  maturity  amounts  of  notes  payable,  senior  secured  and 
subordinated debt as of December 31, 2004: 

2005…………………………………………………………………...………$
2006………………………………………………………………….…………$
2007……………………………………………………………..…………….$
     Total…………………………………...……………………….……………$

Principal
Amount
(In thousands)
37,039
39,166
45
76,250

(9) Shareholders’ Equity  

Common Stock  

Holders of common stock are entitled to such dividends as the Company’s Board of Directors, in its discretion, 
may declare out of funds available, subject to the terms of any outstanding shares of preferred stock and other 

F-29 

 
            
            
                  
            
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

restrictions. In the event of liquidation of the Company, holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro 
rata, all of the assets of the Company available for distribution, after payment of any liquidation preference to 
the  holders  of  outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock.  Holders  of  the  shares  of  common  stock  have  no 
conversion or preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions 
applicable to the common stock. 

The Company is required to comply with various operating and financial covenants defined in the agreements 
governing the warehouse lines, senior debt, subordinated debt, and related party debt. The covenants restrict 
the payment of certain distributions, including dividends (See Note 8.). 

Included in  common  stock  at  December  31, 2003,  is additional  paid  in capital of $1.6  million related to  the 
valuation of certain stock options as required by Financial Interpretation No. 44 (“FIN 44”) or the valuation of 
conditionally  granted  options  as  required  under  Accounting  Principals  Board  Opinion  No.  25  (“APB  25”). 
Included in compensation expense for December 31, 2004 and 2003, is $271,000 and $1.1 million related to 
the amortization of deferred compensation expense and valuation of stock options. 

Stock Purchases  

During  2000,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  Company  to  purchase  up  to  $5  million  of 
Company  securities.  In  October  2002,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  an  additional  $5 
million  of  outstanding  debt  or  equity  securities.  In  October  2004,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the 
purchase of an additional $5,000,000 of outstanding debt or equity securities. As of December 31, 2004, the 
Company  had  purchased  $4.0  million  in  principal  amount  of  the  debt  securities,  and  $4.0  million  of  its 
common stock, representing 2,167,036 shares. 

Options and Warrants  

In  1991,  the  Company  adopted  and  its  sole  shareholder  approved  the  1991  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “1991 
Plan”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  may  grant  stock  options  to  officers  and  key 
employees.  The  Plan,  as  amended,  authorizes  grants  of  options  to  purchase  up  to  2,700,000  shares  of 
authorized but unissued common stock. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s 
fair market value at the date of grant. Stock options have terms that range from 7 to 10 years and vest over a 
range  of  0  to  7  years.  In  addition  to  the  1991  Plan,  in  fiscal  1995,  the  Company  granted  60,000  options  to 
certain directors of the Company that vest over three years and expire nine years from the grant date. The Plan 
terminated in December 2001, without affecting the validity of the outstanding options. 

In  July  1997,  the  Company  adopted  and  its  shareholders  approved  the  1997  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the 
“1997 Plan”) pursuant to which the Company’s Board of Directors may grant stock options, restricted stock 
and  stock  appreciation  rights  to  employees,  directors  or  employees  of  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  a 
controlling or significant equity interest. Options that have been granted under the 1997 Plan have in all cases 
been granted at an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant, with terms of 10 
years and vesting over 5 years. In 2001, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the 1997 
Plan  providing  that  an  aggregate  maximum  of  3,400,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  shares  may  be 
subject to awards under the 1997 Plan. In 2003, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to 
the 1997 Plan to further increase the aggregate maximum number of shares that may be granted within the Plan 
to 4,900,000 shares. A further increase to 6,900,000 shares in the aggregate maximum number of shares that 
may be granted was approved by the shareholders in 2004. 

In  October  1998,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  plan  to  cancel  and  reissue  certain  stock 
options previously granted to key employees of the Company. All options granted prior to October 22, 1998, 
with  an  option  price  greater  than  $3.25  per  share,  were  repriced  to  $3.25  per  share.  In  conjunction  with  the 

F-30 

 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

repricing, a one-year period of non-exercisability was placed on all repriced options, which period ended on 
October 21, 1999. 

In  October  1999,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  plan  to  cancel  and  reissue  certain  stock 
options previously granted to key employees of the Company. All options granted prior to October 29, 1999, 
with an option price greater than $0.625 per share, were repriced to $0.625 per share. In conjunction with the 
repricing, a six-month period of non-exercisability was placed on all repriced options, which period ended on 
April 29, 2000. 

At  December  31,  2004,  there  were  a  total  of  1,391,631  additional  shares  available  for  grant  under  the  1997 
Plan  and  the  1991  Plan.  Of  the  options  outstanding  at  December  31,  2004,  2003  and  2002,  1,611,182, 
1,168,042, and 920,101, respectively, were then exercisable, with weighted-average exercise prices of $2.25, 
$1.71, and $1.30, respectively.  

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:  

Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Balance at December 31, 2001……………………….
   Granted………………………………………………
   Exercised……………………………………………
   Canceled…………………………………………….
Balance at December 31, 2002……………………….
   Granted………………………………………………
   Exercised……………………………………………
   Canceled…………………………………………….
Balance at December 31, 2003……………………….
   Granted………………………………………………
   Exercised……………………………………………
   Canceled…………………………………………….
Balance at December 31, 2004……………………….

$

(In thousands, except per share data)
1.35
1.55
0.64
1.63
1.64
2.46
0.93
1.69
1.96
3.96
1.23
2.39
2.51

3,822
1,804
1,254
340
4,032
1,013
609
564
3,872
938
575
183
4,052

$

The  per  share  weighted  average  fair  value  of  stock  options  granted  whose  exercise  price  was  equal  to  the 
market price of the stock on the grant date during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, was 
$2.30, $2.09, and $1.39, respectively. The Company did not issue any stock options above or below the market 
price of the stock on the grant date. 

During 2002, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a program whereby officers of the Company would 
be loaned amounts sufficient to enable them to exercise certain of their outstanding options. See Note 13. 

At  December  31,  2004,  the  range  of  exercise  prices,  the  number,  weighted-average  exercise  price  and 
weighted-average  remaining  term  of  options  outstanding  and  the  number  and  weighted-average  price  of 
options currently exercisable are as follows: 

F-31 

 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                    
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                    
                 
                    
                 
                 
                 
                    
                 
                    
                 
                    
                 
                 
                 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices
(per share)

Number
Outstanding

$0.63 - $1.50………………. .
$1.54 - $1.88………………. .
$1.99 - $2.50………………. .
$2.64 - $3.64………………. .
$4.00 - $4.49………………. .

1,047
758
509
748
990

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Term (Years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
(In thousands, except per share data)

Number
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share

7.37
6.38
7.05
8.65
8.69

$               
$               
$               
$               
$               

1.46
1.74
2.20
2.87
4.08

380
588
219
141
283

$               
$               
$               
$               
$               

1.47
1.74
2.27
2.74
4.07

On November 17, 1998, in conjunction with the issuance of a $25.0 million subordinated promissory note to 
an  affiliate  of  LLCP,  the  Company  issued  warrants  to  purchase  up  to  3,450,000  shares  of  common  stock  at 
$3.00 per share, exercisable through November 30, 2005. In April 1999, in conjunction with the issuance of 
$5.0  million  of  an  additional  subordinated  promissory  note  to  an  affiliate  of  LLCP,  the  Company  issued 
additional warrants to purchase 1,335,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $0.01 per share to LLCP. 
As part of the purchase agreement, the existing warrants to purchase 3,450,000 shares at $3.00 per share were 
exchanged for warrants to purchase 3,115,000 shares at a price of $0.01 per share. The aggregate value of the 
warrants,  $12.9  million,  which  is  comprised  of  $3.0  million  from  the  original  warrants  issued  in  November 
1998 and $9.9 million from the repricing and additional warrants issued in April 1999, is reported as deferred 
interest  expense  to  be  amortized  over  the  expected  life  of  the  related  debt,  five  years.  As  of  December  31, 
2004, 1,000 warrants remained unexercised. Such warrants, and the 4,449,000 shares of common stock have, 
upon the exercise of such warrants, not been registered for public sale. However, the holder has the right to 
require the Company register the warrants and common stock for public sale in the future. 

Also  in  November  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  with  the  Note  Insurer  of  its  asset-backed 
securities.  The  agreement  committed  the  Note  Insurer  to  provide  insurance  for  the  securitization  of  $560.0 
million  in  asset-backed  securities,  of  which  $250.0  million  remained  at  December  31,  1998.  The  agreement 
provides  for  a  3%  initial  Spread  Account  deposit.  As  consideration  for  the  agreement,  the  Company  issued 
warrants  to  purchase  up  to  2,525,114  shares  of  common  stock  at  $3.00  per  share,  subject  to  anti-dilution 
adjustments.  The  warrants  were  fully  exercisable  on  the  date  of  grant  and  expired  in  December  2003.  In 
November 2003, the Company purchased the warrants from the Note Insurer for $896,415. 

(10) Net Gain on Sale of Contracts 

The following table presents the components of the net gain on sale of Contracts: 

Year Ended December 31,

2003

2002

Gain recognized on sale of Contracts……….………$
Deferred acquisition fees and discounts……………$
Expenses related to sales………………………… $
Provision for credit losses………………………... $
Net gain on sale of Contracts…………………….. $

$

(In thousands)
8,433
4,590
(2,076)
(526)
10,421

$

22,554
5,285
(3,682)
(2,639)
21,518

No gain on sale was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2004 due to the July 2003 decision to structure 
future securitizations as secured financings, rather than as sales. 

F-32 

 
               
                 
                  
                  
                 
                  
                  
                 
                  
                  
                 
                  
                  
                 
                  
 
 
             
           
             
             
            
            
              
            
           
           
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(11) Interest Income 

The following table presents the components of interest income:  

2004

Interest on Finance Receivables……………………...…………$
Residual interest income …………………….……………….…$
Other interest income……………..…………………..………. $
Net interest income………………..…………………….………$

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(In thousands)
$
40,380
16,178
1,606
58,164

$

$

$

99,701
4,634
1,483
105,818

2002

32,851
15,392
401
48,644

(12) Income Taxes 

Income taxes consist of the following:  

Current:
   Federal…………………………………………… $
   State…………………………………………..……$

Deferred:
   Federal…………………………………………… $
   State……………………………………………... $
   Change in valuation allowance……………………$

2004

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(In thousands)

2002

$

712
862

1,574

$

2,781
356

3,137

(11,295)
(715)

(12,010)

(5,859)
(2,282)
6,567
(1,574)

(25,345)
(4,141)
22,915
(6,571)

10,867
1,428
(3,219)
9,076

(2,934)

          Income tax benefit……………………………$

-

$

(3,434)

$

The Company’s effective tax expense benefit for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, differs 
from the amount determined by applying the statutory federal rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes 
as follows: 

Expense (benefit) at federal tax rate………………$
California franchise tax, net of federal income
   tax benefit……………………………………… $
Other……………………………………………… $
Negative Goodwill…………………………………$
Debt Forgiveness………………………………..…$
Valuation allowance……………………………… $
$

2002

6,116

459
(196)
(6,094)
-
(3,219)
(2,934)

2004

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(In thousands)
$
(1,064)

$

(5,561)

(1,015)
9
-
-
6,567
-

$

(2,460)
92
-
(22,917)
22,915
(3,434)

$

F-33 

 
         
         
         
           
         
         
           
           
             
       
         
         
 
 
             
           
       
             
             
            
           
           
       
         
       
         
         
         
           
           
         
         
         
         
           
                  
         
         
 
 
         
         
           
         
         
             
                 
               
            
                  
                  
         
                  
       
                  
           
         
         
                  
         
         
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  tax  effected  cumulative  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  as  of 
December 31, 2004 and 2003, are as follows: 

Deferred Tax Assets:
Accrued liabilities……………………………………. $
Furniture and equipment………………………………$
Equity investment……………………………………..$
NOL carryforwards and BILs………………………...…$
Minimum tax credit……………………………………$
Pension Accrual……………………………………...…$
Other……………………………………………...……$
   Total deferred tax assets………………………….…$
Valuation allowance……………………………………$
$

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
$
NIRs………………………………………………….. $
Provision for loan loss……………………………….…$
   Total deferred tax liabilities……………………..… $
$
   Net deferred tax asset (liability)……………….……$

December 31,

2004

2003

(In thousands)

$

23,841
1,016
82
27,702
697
801
(339)
53,800
(43,930)
9,870

(1,407)
(8,463)
(9,870)

11,185
1,465
82
31,397
481
1,617
461
46,688
(37,363)
9,325

(6,789)
(2,125)
(8,914)

-

$

411

As part of the MFN Merger, CPS acquired certain net operating losses, debt forgiveness, as discussed below, 
and built in loss assets. Moreover, MFN has undergone an ownership change for purposes of Internal Revenue 
Code (“IRC”) section 382. In general, IRC section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the ability of a loss 
corporation (i.e., a corporation with a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, credit carryforward, or certain 
built-in losses (“BILs”)) to utilize its pre-change NOL carryforwards or BILs to offset taxable income arising 
after  an  ownership  change.  During  1999,  MFN  recorded  an  extraordinary  gain  from  the  discharge  of 
indebtedness related to the emergence from Bankruptcy. This gain was not taxable under IRC section 108. In 
accordance with the rules under IRC section 108, MFN has reduced certain tax attributes including unused net 
operating losses and tax basis in certain MFN assets. Deferred taxes have been provided for the estimated tax 
effect of the future reversing timing differences related to the discharge of indebtedness gain as reduced by the 
tax  attributes.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  established  a  valuation  allowance  of  $31.0  million  against 
MFN’s  deferred  tax  assets, as  it  is not  more  than likely  that these  amounts  will  be  realized  in  the  future.  In 
determining  the  possible  future  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets,  future  taxable  income  from  the  following 
sources are taken into account: (a) reversal of taxable temporary differences, (b) future operations exclusive of 
reversing  temporary  differences,  and  (c)  tax  planning  strategies  that,  if  necessary,  would  be  implemented  to 
accelerate taxable income into years in which net operating losses might otherwise expire. 

As  part  of  the  TFC  Merger,  CPS  acquired  certain  built  in  loss  assets.  Moreover,  TFC  has  undergone  an 
ownership  change  for  purposes  of  Internal  Revenue  Code  (“IRC”)  section  382.  In  general,  IRC  section  382 
imposes an annual limitation on the ability of a loss corporation (i.e., a corporation with a net operating loss 
(“NOL”) carryforward, credit carryforward, or certain built-in losses (“BILs”)) to utilize its pre-change NOL 
carryforwards or BILs to offset taxable income arising after an ownership change. Additionally, the Company 
has established a valuation allowance of $10.0 million against TFC’s deferred tax assets, as it is not more than 
likely  that  these  amounts  will  be  realized  in  the  future.  In  determining  the  possible  future  realization  of 
deferred  tax  assets,  future  taxable  income  from  the  following  sources  are  taken  into  account:  (a)  reversal  of 
taxable temporary differences, (b) future operations exclusive of reversing temporary differences, and (c) tax 
planning strategies that, if necessary, would be implemented to accelerate taxable income into years in which 
net operating losses might otherwise expire. 

F-34 

 
       
       
         
         
              
              
       
       
            
            
            
         
           
            
       
       
      
      
         
         
        
        
        
        
        
        
                 
            
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax 
purposes  of  $18.5  million  ($17.4  million  subject  to  IRC  382)  and  $3.1  million,  respectively,  which  are 
available  to  offset  future  taxable  income,  if  any,  subject  to  IRC  section  382  limitations,  through  2021  and 
2013,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  an  alternative  minimum  tax  credit  carry  forward  of 
approximately  $697,000,  which  is  available  to  reduce  future  federal  regular  income  taxes,  if  any,  over  an 
indefinite period. 

The Company’s tax returns are open for audits by various tax authorities. Therefore, from time-to-time there 
may be differences in opinions with respect to the tax treatment accorded to certain transactions. When, and if, 
such differences occur and become probable and estimatable, such amounts will be recognized. The Company 
filed its tax returns on a fiscal year ending March 31 through March 31, 2002. It changed its tax fiscal year to a 
calendar year effective December 31, 2002. 

(13) Related Party Transactions  

Related Party Receivables  

As of December 31, 2001, the Company had receivables of $669,000 from CARSUSA, Inc. (“CARSUSA”), 
which  owned  and  operated  a  Mitsubishi  automobile  dealership  in  Southern  California,  and  is  owned  by 
Charles E. Bradley, Sr. and Charles E. Bradley, Jr. During 2002, CARSUSA became insolvent, sold its assets 
to  an  unaffiliated  party,  partially  paid  its  secured  creditors,  and  wound  up  its  business.  The  Company 
determined  that  the  receivable  was  uncollectible,  and  wrote  down  its  value  to  zero.  The  writedown-related 
expense of $669,000 is reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2002 in general and administrative expenses. The Company purchased seven and 16 Contracts 
from CARSUSA, with an aggregate principal balance of approximately $99,996 and $233,431, respectively, in 
2002 and 2001. The Company did not purchase any contracts from CARSUSA in 2003 and 2004. 

CPS Leasing, Inc. Related Party Direct Lease Receivables 

Included  in  other  assets  recorded  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  are  direct  lease  receivables 
due  to  CPS  Leasing,  Inc.  from  related  parties,  primarily  companies  affiliated  with  the  Company’s  former 
Chairman of the Board of Directors. Such related party direct lease receivables net of a valuation allowance 
totaled approximately $1.8 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 

Related Party Debt  

In  June  1997  the  Company  borrowed  $15.0  million  on  an  unsecured  and  subordinated  basis  from  Stanwich 
Financial  Services  Corp.  (“SFSC”),  an  affiliate  of  Charles  E.  Bradley,  Sr.,  the  former  Chairman  of  the 
Company’s Board of Directors. This loan (“RPL”) was due 2004, and had a fixed rate of interest of 9% per 
annum, payable monthly beginning July 1997. The Company had the right to pre-pay the RPL without penalty 
at any time after three years. At maturity or repayment of the RPL, the holder thereof had an option to convert 
20% of the principal amount into common stock of the Company, at a conversion rate of $11.86 per share. The 
Company fully repaid the RPL in June 2004. 

During 1998, the Company borrowed $1.0 million on an unsecured basis from John G. Poole, a director of the 
Company.  This  note  (“RPL3”)  had  a  fixed  rate  of  interest  of  12.5%  per  annum  payable  monthly  beginning 
December 1998. The Company had the right to pre-pay the RPL3, without penalty, at any time after June 12, 
2000. At maturity or repayment of the RPL3, the holder thereof would have the option to convert the entire 

F-35 

 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

principal balance of the note, or a portion thereof, into common stock of the Company, at a conversion rate of 
$3 per share. The entire balance of the RPL3 was converted to common stock of the Company in June 2004. 

During 1999, the Company borrowed $1.5 million on an unsecured basis from SFSC. This loan (“RPL4”) was 
due  2004,  had  a  fixed  rate  of  interest  of  14.5%  per  annum  payable  monthly  beginning  October  1999.  In 
conjunction  with  the issuance of  the  RPL4,  the  Company issued  warrants to purchase  103,500  shares of  the 
Company’s common stock at a price of $0.01 per share. The Company fully repaid the RPL4 in June 2004. 

Loans to Officers to Exercise Certain Stock Options 

During  2002,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  program  under  which  officers  of  the  Company 
would  be  advanced  amounts  sufficient  to  enable  them  to  exercise  certain  of  their  outstanding  options.  Such 
loans were available for a limited period of time, and available only to exercise previously repriced options. 
The loans bear interest at a rate of 5.50% per annum, and are due in 2007. At December 31, 2004, there was 
$454,000  outstanding  related  to  these  loans.  Such  amounts  have  been  recorded  as  contra-equity  within 
common stock in the Shareholders’ Equity section of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

(14) Commitments and Contingencies  

Leases  

The  Company  leases  its  facilities  and  certain  computer  equipment  under  non-cancelable  operating  leases, 
which expire through 2008. Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2004, under these leases are due 
during the years ended December 31 as follows: 

2005…………………………………………………………………...………$
2006………………………………………………………………….…………$
2007……………………………………………………………..…………….$
2008…………………………………...……………………….………………$

Amount
(In thousands)
4,370
3,524
2,795
1,748

Total minimum lease payments………………………………….……………$

12,437

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, was $3.5 million, $3.9 million, and $4.0 
million, respectively.  

The  Company’s  facility  lease  contains  certain  rental  concessions  and  escalating  rental  payments,  which  are 
recognized  as  adjustments  to  rental  expense  and  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the 
lease. 

During  2004,  2003  and  2002,  the  Company  received  $385,000,  $170,000  and  $141,000,  respectively,  of 
sublease  income,  which  is  included  in  occupancy  expense.  Future  minimum  sublease  payments  totaled 
$967,000 at December 31, 2004. 

F-36 

 
 
 
              
              
              
              
            
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Litigation  

Stanwich  Litigation.  CPS  was  a  defendant  in  a  class  action  (the  “Stanwich  Case”)  brought  in  the  California 
Superior  Court,  Los  Angeles  County.  The  original  plaintiffs  in  that  case  were  persons  entitled  to  receive 
regular  payments  (the  “Settlement  Payments”)  under  out-of-court  settlements  reached  with  third  party 
defendants. Stanwich Financial Services Corp. (“Stanwich”), an affiliate of the former Chairman of the Board 
of Directors of CPS, is the entity that was obligated to pay the Settlement Payments. Stanwich has defaulted on 
its payment obligations to the plaintiffs and in June 2001 filed for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, 
in  the  federal  Bankruptcy  Court  of  Connecticut.  At  year-end,  CPS  was  a  defendant  only  in  a  cross-claim 
brought  by  one  of  the  other  defendants  in  the  case,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  which  asserted  a  claim  of 
contractual indemnity against CPS. 

Subsequent to year-end, CPS has settled the cross-claim of Bankers Trust by payment of $3.24 million, on or 
about February 8, 2005. Pursuant to that settlement, the court has dismissed the cross-claim, with prejudice. 

In  November  2001,  one  of  the  defendants  in  the  Stanwich  Case,  Jonathan  Pardee,  asserted  claims  for 
indemnity against the Company in a separate action, which is now pending in federal district court in Rhode 
Island.  The  Company  has  filed  counterclaims  in  the  Rhode  Island  federal  court  against  Mr.  Pardee,  and  has 
filed a separate action against Mr. Pardee's Rhode Island attorneys, in the same court. The action of Mr. Pardee 
against CPS is stayed, awaiting resolution of an adversary action brought against Mr. Pardee in the bankruptcy 
court, which is hearing the bankruptcy of Stanwich. 

The reader should consider that any adverse judgment against CPS in the Stanwich Case (or the related case in 
Rhode  Island)  for  indemnification,  in  an  amount  materially  in  excess  of  any  liability  already  recorded  in 
respect thereof, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.  

Other Litigation. On November 15, 2000, Denice and Gary Lang filed a lawsuit against CPS in South Carolina 
Common Pleas Court, Beaufort County, alleging that they, and a purported nationwide class, were harmed by 
an alleged failure to refer, in the notice given after repossession of their vehicle, to the right to purchase the 
vehicle  by  tender  of  the  full  amount  owed  under  the  retail  installment  contract.  They  sought  damages  in  an 
unspecified amount. CPS filed a counterclaim to recover any delinquent amounts owed by the members of the 
putative class in the event that the class were to be certified. In February 2004, CPS reached an agreement to 
settle that case on a class basis for payment of attorneys’ fees and other immaterial consideration. 

On  June  2,  2004,  Delmar  Coleman  filed  a  lawsuit  in  the  circuit  court  of  Tuscaloosa,  Alabama,  making 
allegations similar to those that were asserted in the Lang case, and seeking damages in an unspecified amount, 
on behalf of a purported nationwide class. The Company removed the case to federal bankruptcy court, and 
filed a motion for summary judgment as part of its adversary proceeding against the plaintiff in the bankruptcy 
court.  The  federal  bankruptcy  court  granted  the  plaintiff’s  motion  to  send  the  matter  back  to  Alabama  state 
court. The Company has appealed the ruling. Although the Company believes that it has one or more defenses 
to each of the claims made in this lawsuit, no discovery has yet been conducted and the case is in its earliest 
stages. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to its outcome.  

In June 2004, Plaintiff Jeremy Henry filed a lawsuit against the Company in the California Superior Court, San 
Diego County, alleging improper practices related to the notice given after repossession of a vehicle that he 
purchased. The lawsuit is styled a class action, though no motion for class certification has yet been filed. CPS 
and its subsidiary have a number of defenses that may be asserted with respect to the claims of plaintiff Henry. 

The  Company  has  recorded  a  liability  as  of  December  31,  2004  that  it  believes  represents  a  sufficient 
allowance for legal contingencies. Any adverse judgment against the Company, if in an amount materially in 
excess of the recorded liability, could have a material adverse effect. The Company is involved in various legal 
matters  arising  in  the normal  course of  business.  Management  believes  that any  liability  as a  result  of  those 
matters would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, Results of Operations or Cash 
Flows. 

F-37 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(15) Employee Benefits  

The  Company  sponsors  a  pretax  savings  and  profit  sharing  plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”)  qualified  under  section 
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees are able to contribute up to 
15% of their compensation (subject to stricter limitation in the case of highly compensated employees). The 
Company,  may,  at  its  discretion,  match  100%  of  employees’  contributions  up  to  $1,000  per  employee  per 
calendar year. The Company’s contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $409,000 for the year ended December 
31,  2004.  The  Company  did  not  make  a  matching  contribution  in  2003  or  2002,  other  than  to  employees 
eligible for the MFN Financial Corporation Retirement Savings Plan. Such contribution amounted to $250,682 
for the period from the Merger Date through December 31, 2002. The MFN Financial Corporation Retirement 
Savings Plan was merged into the Company’s 401(k) Plan in February 2003.  

The Company also sponsors the MFN Financial Corporation Pension Plan (“the Plan”). The Plan benefits were 
frozen June 30, 2001. The following table sets forth the plan’s benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets, and 
funded status at December 31, 2004 and 2003: 

December 31,

2004

2003

(In thousands)

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year………………………………….…………………$
Service cost…………………………………………………………………………………………$
Interest cost…………………………………………………………………………………………$
Settlements…………………………………………………………………………………………$
Actuarial gain……………………………………………………………….………………….… $
Benefits paid……………………………………………………………………………………..…$
   Projected benefit obligation, end of year…………………………………………………………$

15,023
-
821
-
(1,616)
(545)
13,683

$

$

The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $13.7 million and $15.0 million at December 31, 2004 and 
2003, respectively. 

Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year……………………………………………………… $
Return on assets……………………………………………………………………………………$
Employer contribution………………………………………………………………………..……$
Benefits paid……………………………………………………………………………………… $
   Fair value of plan assets, end of year…..………………………………………………………. $

Reconciliation of accrued pension cost and
total amount recognized
Funded status of the plan………………………………………………………………………..…$
Unrecognized loss…………………………………………………………………………...……$
Unrecognized transition asset…………………………………………………………………… $
Unrecognized prior service cost…………………………………………………….…………… $
   Accrued pension cost……………..…..……………………………………………………...…$

11,253
1,483
1,149
(598)
13,287

(396)
2,062
(46)
-
1,620

$

$

$

$

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, 2004 and 2003 were as follows: 
Weighted average assumptions
Discount rate……………………………………………………………………………………….
Expected return on plan assets……………………………………………………………...…….
Rate of compensation increase…………………………………………………………………..….
The Company’s overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is 9.00% per annum. The expected long-term rate of 
return is based on the weighted average of historical returns on individual asset categories, which are described in more 
detail below. 

6.25%
9.00%
N/A

13,743
-
902
-
1,578
(1,200)
15,023

9,906
1,001
1,546
(1,200)
11,253

(3,770)
4,136
(80)
-
286

6.25%
9.00%
N/A

F-38 

 
       
       
                 
                 
            
            
                 
                 
        
         
           
        
       
       
 
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
        
       
     
           
        
         
         
             
             
                 
                 
         
          
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position
Prepaid benefit cost……………………………………………………………………………… $
Accrued benefit liability………………..……………………………………………………...…$
Intangible asset…………………………………………………………………………………...$
Accumulated other comprehensive income, pretax…….…………………………………………$
   Net amount recognized…………………………………………………………………………$

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost…………………………………………………….……………………….………… $
Interest Cost………………………………………………………………………..………………$
Expected return on assets…………………………………………………………...………………$
Amortization of transition (asset)/obligation………………………………..…………………… $
Amortization of prior service cost……………………………………………………..……………$
Recognized net actuarial loss...……………………………………………………………………$
   Net periodic benefit cost..……………..…..……………………………….……….……………$

Unfunded Accumulated Benefit Obligation at Year-End
Accumulated Benefit Obligation…………………………………………………………………. $
Fair Value of Plan Assets…………………………………………………………………..………$
Increase (decrease) in other comprehensive income...…………………………………..…………$

-
(396)
-
2,016
1,620

-
821
(1,041)
(35)
-
69
(186)

13,683
13,288
(2,039)

$

$

$

$

$

$

The  weighted  average  asset  allocation  of  the  Company’s  pension  benefits  at  December  31,  2004  and  2003  were  as 
follows: 

Weighted Average Asset Allocation at Year-End

Asset Category
Domestic equity funds……………………………………………………………………...…$
International equity funds……………………………………………………….…………… $
Domestic fixed income funds………………………………………………………………… $
Other……………………………………………………………………………………………$
   Total…………………………………………………………………………………………$

Cash Flows

Expected Benefit Payouts
2005………………………………………………………………………………………...…$
2006……………………………………………………………………………………………$
2007………………………………………………………………………………...…………$
2008……………………………………………………………………………………………$
2009…………………………………………………………………………...………………$
Years 2010 - 2014…………………………………………………………………………..…$

Anticipated Contributions…………………………………………………………..…………$

60.9%
11.9%
27.1%
0.1%
100.0%

445
471
505
563
567
3,519

-

286
(4,055)
-
4,055
286

-
902
(872)
(35)
-
98
93

15,023
11,253
1,386

51.0%
10.7%
29.1%
9.2%
100.0%

The  Company’s  investment  policies  and  strategies  for  the  pension  benefits plan utilize  a  target  allocation  of 
70%  equity  securities  and  30%  fixed  income  securities.  The  Company’s  investment  goals  are  to  maximize 
returns  subject  to  specific  risk  management  policies.  The  Company  addresses  risk  management  and 
diversification  by  the  use  of  a  professional  investment  advisor  and  several  sub-advisors  which  invest  in 
domestic and international equity securities and domestic fixed income securities. Each sub-advisor focuses its 
investments within a specific sector of the equity or fixed income market. For the sub-advisors focused on the 
equity  markets,  the  sectors  are  differentiated  by  the  market  capitalization  and  the  relative  valuation  of  the 
underlying issuer. For the sub-advisors focused on the fixed income markets, the sectors are differentiated by 
the credit quality and the maturity of the underlying fixed income investment. The investments made by the 
sub-advisors  are  readily  marketable  and  can  be  sold  to  fund  benefit  payment  obligations  as  they  become 
payable. 

F-39 

 
                 
            
           
        
                 
                 
         
         
         
          
                 
                 
            
            
        
           
             
             
                 
                 
              
              
           
            
       
       
       
       
        
         
 
            
            
            
            
            
         
                 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(16) Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The following summary presents a description of the methodologies and assumptions used to estimate the fair 
value of the Company’s financial instruments. Much of the information used to determine fair value is highly 
subjective. When applicable, readily available market information has been utilized. However, for a significant 
portion  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments,  active  markets  do  not  exist.  Therefore,  considerable 
judgments were required in estimating fair value for certain items. The subjective factors include, among other 
things, the estimated timing and amount of cash flows, risk characteristics, credit quality and interest rates, all 
of  which  are  subject  to  change.  Since  the  fair  value  is  estimated  as  of  December  31,  2004  and  2003,  the 
amounts that will actually be realized or paid at settlement or maturity of the instruments could be significantly 
different. The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003, were as 
follows: 

Financial Instrument

December 31,

2004

2003

Carrying Value 
or Notional
Amount

Fair 
Value

Carrying Value 
or Notional
Amount

Fair 
Value

Cash………………………………………….…$
Restricted Cash………………………………. $
Finance receivables, net…………………….…$
Residual interest in securitizations………...…$
Accrued interest receivable…………….………$
SeaWest note receivable………………………$
Warehouse lines of credit……………………. $
Notes payable……………………………..……$
Residual interest financing………………..……$
Securitization trust debt……………...……… $
Senior secured debt………………….…………$
Subordinated debt……………………………. $
Related party debt……………………………. $

$

14,366
125,113
550,191
50,430
6,411
2,800
34,279
1,063
22,204
542,815
59,829
15,000
-

$

$

(In thousands)
14,366
125,113
550,191
50,430
6,411
2,800
34,279
1,063
22,204
539,749
59,829
15,113
-

33,209
67,277
266,189
111,702
2,901
-
33,709
3,330
-
245,118
49,965
35,000
17,500

33,209
67,277
266,189
111,702
2,901
-
33,709
3,330
-
245,118
49,965
35,506
17,763

Cash and Restricted Cash  

The carrying value equals fair value.  

Finance Receivables, net 

The  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  the  related  interest  rates  are  estimated  to  reflect  current 
market conditions for similar types of instruments. 

Residual Interest in Securitizations  

The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using credit and discount rates that the Company 
believes  reflect  the  estimated  credit,  interest  rate  and  prepayment  risks  associated  with  similar  types  of 
instruments. 

F-40 

 
           
           
           
           
         
         
           
           
         
         
         
         
           
           
         
         
             
             
             
             
             
             
                  
                    
           
           
           
           
             
             
             
             
           
           
                  
                    
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
                    
                    
           
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Accrued Interest Receivable 

The  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  the  related  interest  rates  are  estimated  to  reflect  current 
market conditions for similar types of instruments. 

SeaWest Note Receivable 

The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using credit and discount rates that the Company 
believes reflect the estimated credit and interest rate risks associated with similar types of instruments. 

Commitments  

The  fair  value  of  commitments  to  purchase  contracts  from  Dealers  is  determined  by  purchase  commitments 
from investors and prevailing market rates. 

Warehouse Lines of Credit, Notes Payable, Residual Interest Financing, and Senior Secured Debt 

The  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  the  related  interest  rates  are  estimated  to  reflect  current 
market conditions for similar types of secured instruments. 

Securitization Trust Debt 

The  fair  value  is  estimated  by  discounting  future  cash  flows  using  interest  rates  that  the  Company  believes 
reflect the current market rates. 

Subordinated Debt  

The fair value is based on a market quote. 

Related Party Debt  

The fair value is based on the fair value of subordinated debt, as the terms and structure are similar. 

(17) Liquidity  

The  Company's  business  requires  substantial  cash  to  support  its  purchases  of  Contracts  and  other  operating 
activities. The Company's primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operating activities, including 
proceeds from sales of Contracts, amounts borrowed under various revolving credit facilities (also sometimes 
known as warehouse credit facilities), servicing fees on portfolios of Contracts previously sold in securitization 
transactions or serviced for third parties, customer payments of principal and interest on finance receivables, 
fees  for  origination  of  Contracts,  and  releases  of  cash  from  securitized  pools  of  Contracts  in  which  the 
Company  has  retained  a  residual  ownership  interest,  and  from  the  Spread  Accounts  associated  with  such 
portfolios. The Company's primary uses of cash have been the purchases of Contracts, repayment of amounts 
borrowed  under  lines  of  credit  and  otherwise,  operating  expenses  such  as  employee,  interest,  occupancy 

F-41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

expenses  and  other  general  and  administrative  expenses,  the  establishment  of  Spread  Accounts  and  initial 
overcollateralization,  if  any,  and  the  increase  of  Credit  Enhancement  to  required  levels  in  securitization 
transactions, and income taxes. There can be no assurance that internally generated cash will be sufficient to 
meet  the  Company's  cash  demands.  The  sufficiency  of  internally  generated  cash  will  depend  on  the 
performance  of  securitized  pools  (which  determines  the  level  of  releases  from  those  pools  and  their  related 
Spread  Accounts),  the  rate  of  expansion  or  contraction  in  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio,  and  the  terms 
upon which the Company is able to acquire, sell, and borrow against Contracts. 

Contracts are purchased from Dealers for a cash price approximating their principal amount, and generate cash 
flow  over  a  period  of  years.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  been  dependent  on  warehouse  credit  facilities  to 
purchase  Contracts,  and  on  the  availability  of  cash  from  outside  sources  in  order  to  finance  its  continuing 
operations, as well as to fund the portion of Contract purchase prices not financed under revolving warehouse 
credit facilities. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had $225 million in warehouse credit capacity, in the 
form  of  a  $125  million  facility  and  a  $100  million  facility.  The  first  facility  provides  funding  for  Contracts 
purchased under the TFC Programs while both warehouse facilities provide funding for Contracts purchased 
under the CPS Programs. A third facility in the amount of $75 million, which the Company utilized to fund 
Contracts  under  the  CPS  Programs,  expired  on  February  21,  2004.  A  fourth  facility  in  the  amount  of  $25 
million,  which  the  Company  utilized to  fund  Contracts  under  the  TFC  Programs,  expired on  June  24,  2004. 
These  facilities  are  independent  of  each  other  and  provide  funding  equal  up  to  73.0-73.5%  of  the  principal 
balance of the Contracts pledged, subject to collateral tests and certain other conditions and covenants. 

With the two currently existing facilities, two different financial institutions purchase the notes issued by these 
facilities,  and  two  different  insurers  insure  the  notes  (each  a  “Note  Insurer”).  The  Note  Insurer  on  the  $125 
million facility is the controlling party whereas the lender on the $100 million facility is the controlling party. 
Up  through  June  30,  2003,  sales  of  Contracts  to  the  special  purpose  subsidiaries  (“SPS”)  related  to  the  $75 
million and $125 million facilities had been treated as sales for financial accounting purposes. The Company, 
therefore,  removed  these  securitized  Contracts  and  related  debt  from  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  and 
recognized  a  gain  on  sale  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations.  Indebtedness  related  to 
Contracts  funded  by  the  $25  million  facility,  however,  were  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet 
and no gain on sale has ever been recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. During 
July 2003, each of the $75 million and $125 million facilities was amended, with the effect that subsequent use 
of such facilities is treated for financial accounting purposes as borrowings secured by such receivables, rather 
than as a sale of receivables. The effects of that amendment are similar to those discussed above with respect 
to the change in securitization structure.  

Through  May  2002,  the  Company’s  Contract  purchasing  program  consisted  of  both  (i)  flow  purchases  for 
immediate resale to non-affiliates and (ii) purchases for the Company's own account made on other than a flow 
basis, funded primarily by advances under a revolving warehouse credit facility. Flow purchases allowed the 
Company to purchase Contracts with minimal demands on liquidity. The Company’s revenues from the resale 
of  flow  purchase  Contracts,  however,  were  materially  less  than  those  that  may  be  received  by  holding 
Contracts to maturity or by selling Contracts in securitization transactions. During the years ended December 
31, 2004 and 2003 the Company purchased $447.2 million and $357.3 million, respectively, of Contracts for 
its own account, compared to $282.2 million for its own account and $181.1 million of Contracts on a flow 
basis in 2002. The Company’s flow purchase program ended in May 2002. 

The  $125  million  warehouse  facility  is  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase  price  of 
Contracts  by  drawing  against  a  floating  rate  variable  funding  note  issued  by  CPS  Warehouse  Trust.  This 
facility was established on March 7, 2002, in the maximum amount of $100 million. Such maximum amount 
was  increased  to  $125  million  in  November  2002.  Up  to  73%  of  the  principal  balance  of  Contracts  may  be 
advanced  to  the  Company  under  this  facility,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other  conditions  and 
covenants. Notes under this facility accrue interest at a rate of one-month commercial paper plus 1.18% per 
annum. This facility was renewed on April 4, 2004 and expires on April 3, 2005. The Company is currently in 
discussions with the parties to renew such facility. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2004 was $34.3 
million. 

F-42 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  $100  million  warehouse  facility  is  similarly  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase 
price  of  Contracts  by  drawing  against  a  floating  rate  variable  funding  note  issued  by  its  subsidiary  Page 
Funding LLC. Approximately 73.5% of the principal balance of Contracts may be advanced to the Company 
under  this  facility,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other  conditions  and  covenants.  Notes  under  this 
facility accrue interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum. This facility was entered into on 
June 30, 2004 and expires on June 30, 2007. The lender has annual termination options at its sole discretion. 

The $75 million warehouse facility which expired on February 21, 2004, was similarly structured to allow CPS 
to fund a portion of the purchase price of Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note 
issued by CPS Funding LLC. Approximately 72.5% of the principal balance of Contracts could be advanced to 
the Company under this facility, subject to collateral tests and certain other conditions and covenants. Notes 
under this facility accrued interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 0.75% per annum. This facility expired 
on February 21, 2004. 

The  $25  million  warehouse  facility  was  similarly  structured  to  allow TFC  to  fund a  portion  of  the  purchase 
price of Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by TFC Warehouse I LLC. 
Approximately 71% of the principal balance of Contracts was advanced to TFC under this facility, subject to 
collateral tests and certain other conditions and covenants. Notes under this facility accrue interest at a rate of 
one-month LIBOR plus 1.75% per annum. This facility was entered into as part of the TFC Merger on May 20, 
2003 and expired on June 24, 2004. 

The Company’s primary means of ensuring that its cash demands do not exceed its cash resources is to match 
its  levels  of  Contract  purchases  to  its  availability  of  cash.  The  Company’s  ability  to  adjust  the  quantity  of 
Contracts that it purchases and securitizes will be subject to general competitive conditions and the continued 
availability  of  warehouse  credit  facilities.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  desired  level  of  Contract 
acquisition can be maintained or increased. While the specific terms and mechanics of each Spread Account 
vary among transactions, the Company’s Securitization Agreements generally provide that the Company will 
receive excess cash flows only if the amount of Credit Enhancement has reached specified levels and/or the 
delinquency, defaults or net losses related to the Contracts in the pool are below certain predetermined levels. 
In  the  event  delinquencies,  defaults  or  net  losses  on  the  Contracts  exceed  such  levels,  the  terms  of  the 
securitization:  (i)  may  require  increased  Credit  Enhancement  to  be  accumulated  for  the  particular  pool;  (ii) 
may restrict the distribution to the Company of excess cash flows associated with other pools; or (iii) in certain 
circumstances, may permit the insurers to require the transfer of servicing on some or all of the Contracts to 
another servicer. There can be no assurance that collections from the related Trusts will continue to generate 
sufficient cash. 

Certain  of  the  Company’s  securitization  transactions  and  the  warehouse  credit  facilities  contain  various 
financial covenants requiring certain minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining 
minimum  levels  of  liquidity  and  net  worth  and  not  exceeding  maximum  leverage  levels  and  maximum 
financial  losses.  As  a  result  of  waivers  and  amendments  to  these  covenants  throughout  2004  and  during  the 
first quarter of 2005, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of December  31, 2004. In 
addition,  certain  securitization  and  non-securitization  related  debt  contain  cross-default  provisions,  which 
would allow certain creditors to declare default if a default were declared under a different facility. 

The  Servicing  Agreements  of  the  Company’s  securitization  transactions  and  warehouse  credit  facilities  are 
terminable by the insurers of certain of the Trust’s obligations (“Note Insurers”) in the event of certain defaults 
by the Company and under certain other circumstances. Were a Note Insurer in the future to exercise its option 
to  terminate  the  Servicing  Agreements,  such  a  termination  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s  liquidity  and  results  of  operations.  The  Company  continues  to  receive  Servicer  extensions  on  a 
monthly and/or quarterly basis, pursuant to the Servicing Agreements. 

F-43 

 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(18) Selected Quarterly Data (Unaudited)  

2004
Revenues…………………………………………………...… $
Income (loss) before income taxes………….…………...……$
Net income (loss)……………………………………...………$
Income (loss) per share:
$
   Basic……………………………………….………….…… $
   Diluted………………………………………………..………$
$
2003
Revenues…………………………………………...………..…$
Income (loss) before income taxes……………………...…… $
Net income (loss)……………………………………...……... $
Income (loss) per share:
$
   Basic………………………………………………..……… $
   Diluted…………………………………………………….…$

Quarter
Ended
March 31,

Quarter
Ended
June 30,

Quarter
Ended
September 30,

Quarter
Ended
December 31,

(In thousands, except per share data)

27,522
(1,407)
(1,407)

(0.07)
(0.07)

23,915
2,354
6,278

0.31
0.29

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

32,687
(174)
(174)

(0.01)
(0.01)

25,104
3,132
2,642

0.13
0.12

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

34,913
(2,061)
(2,061)

(0.10)
(0.10)

26,041
(2,852)
(2,852)

(0.14)
(0.14)

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

37,570
(12,246)
(12,246)

(0.57)
(0.57)

29,926
(5,674)
(5,674)

(0.28)
(0.28)

F-44 

 
         
         
         
         
         
            
         
       
         
            
         
       
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
         
         
           
           
         
         
           
           
         
         
            
            
           
           
            
            
           
           
Exhibit 21 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

The following corporations and limited liabilities are direct or indirect subsidiaries of the registrant. Each does 
business  under  its  own  name,  except  that  The  Finance  Company  also  does  business  under  the  name  Old 
Dominion Acceptance, Inc.  

Name 

State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization 

CPS Leasing, Inc.  
CPS Marketing, Inc.  
CPS Receivables Corp. 
CPS Receivables Two Corp. 
CPS 123 Corp. 
MFN Financial Corporation  
TFC Enterprises, Inc. 
CPS Receivables Two Corp. 
CPS Residual Corp. 
71270 Corp. 
Page Funding LLC  
CPS Funding LLC 
Pacific Coast Receivables Corp.  
Mercury Finance Corporation of Alabama  
Mercury Finance Company of Arizona  
Mercury Finance Company of Colorado 
Mercury Finance Company of Delaware  
Mercury Finance Company of Florida  
Mercury Finance Company of Georgia  
Mercury Finance Company of Illinois  
Mercury Finance Company of Indiana  
Mercury Finance Company of Kentucky 
Mercury Finance Company of Louisiana 
Mercury Finance Company of Michigan 
Mercury Finance Company of Mississippi 
Mercury Finance Company of Missouri 
Mercury Finance Company of Nevada 
Mercury Finance Company of New York 
Mercury Finance Company of North Carolina 
Mercury Finance Company of Ohio 
MFC Finance Company of Oklahoma 
Mercury Finance Company of Pennsylvania 
Mercury Finance Company of South Carolina 
Mercury Finance Company of Tennessee 
MFC Finance Company of Texas 
Mercury Finance Company of Virginia 
Mercury Finance Company of Wisconsin 
Gulfco Investment, Inc.  
Gulfco Finance Company  
Midland Finance Co.  

DE 
CA 
CA 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
AL 
AZ 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
MO 
NV 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
DE 
TN 
DE 
DE 
DE 
LA 
LA 
IL

E-1 

 
 
 
 
 
MFN Insurance Company  
Mercury Finance Company LLC 

MFN Funding LLC 

MFN Securitization LLC 

The Finance Company 

First Community Finance, Inc. 

Recoveries, Inc. 

PC Acceptance.com, Inc. 

The Insurance Agency, Inc. 

TFC Receivables Corporation  

TFC Receivables Corporation V 

TFC Receivables Corporation VI 

TFC Receivables Corporation VII 

TFC Warehouse Corporation I 

TFC Warehouse I LLC 

Turks and Caicos 
DE 

DE 

DE 

VA 

VA 

VA 

VA 

DE 

DE 

DE 

DE 

DE 

DE 

DE

E-2 

 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors 

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-58199, 333-35758, 333-
75594  and  333-115622)  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  on  Form  S-8  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services, 
Inc., of our report dated March 16, 2005,appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Consumer Portfolio 
Services, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2004. 

/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN LLP 

Irvine, California 

March 30, 2005 

E-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.2 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors 

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-58199, 333-35758, 333-
75594  and  333-115622)  on  Form  S-8  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.,  of  our  report  dated  March  15, 
2004, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 
December  31,  2003,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss), 
shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2003, 
which report appears in the December 31, 2004, annual report on Form 10-K of Consumer Portfolio Services, 
Inc. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Orange County, California 

March 28, 2005 

E-4